1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * screen.c: code for displaying on the screen 12 * 13 * Output to the screen (console, terminal emulator or GUI window) is minimized 14 * by remembering what is already on the screen, and only updating the parts 15 * that changed. 16 * 17 * ScreenLines[off] Contains a copy of the whole screen, as it is currently 18 * displayed (excluding text written by external commands). 19 * ScreenAttrs[off] Contains the associated attributes. 20 * LineOffset[row] Contains the offset into ScreenLines*[] and ScreenAttrs[] 21 * for each line. 22 * LineWraps[row] Flag for each line whether it wraps to the next line. 23 * 24 * For double-byte characters, two consecutive bytes in ScreenLines[] can form 25 * one character which occupies two display cells. 26 * For UTF-8 a multi-byte character is converted to Unicode and stored in 27 * ScreenLinesUC[]. ScreenLines[] contains the first byte only. For an ASCII 28 * character without composing chars ScreenLinesUC[] will be 0 and 29 * ScreenLinesC[][] is not used. When the character occupies two display 30 * cells the next byte in ScreenLines[] is 0. 31 * ScreenLinesC[][] contain up to 'maxcombine' composing characters 32 * (drawn on top of the first character). There is 0 after the last one used. 33 * ScreenLines2[] is only used for euc-jp to store the second byte if the 34 * first byte is 0x8e (single-width character). 35 * 36 * The screen_*() functions write to the screen and handle updating 37 * ScreenLines[]. 38 * 39 * update_screen() is the function that updates all windows and status lines. 40 * It is called form the main loop when must_redraw is non-zero. It may be 41 * called from other places when an immediate screen update is needed. 42 * 43 * The part of the buffer that is displayed in a window is set with: 44 * - w_topline (first buffer line in window) 45 * - w_topfill (filler lines above the first line) 46 * - w_leftcol (leftmost window cell in window), 47 * - w_skipcol (skipped window cells of first line) 48 * 49 * Commands that only move the cursor around in a window, do not need to take 50 * action to update the display. The main loop will check if w_topline is 51 * valid and update it (scroll the window) when needed. 52 * 53 * Commands that scroll a window change w_topline and must call 54 * check_cursor() to move the cursor into the visible part of the window, and 55 * call redraw_later(VALID) to have the window displayed by update_screen() 56 * later. 57 * 58 * Commands that change text in the buffer must call changed_bytes() or 59 * changed_lines() to mark the area that changed and will require updating 60 * later. The main loop will call update_screen(), which will update each 61 * window that shows the changed buffer. This assumes text above the change 62 * can remain displayed as it is. Text after the change may need updating for 63 * scrolling, folding and syntax highlighting. 64 * 65 * Commands that change how a window is displayed (e.g., setting 'list') or 66 * invalidate the contents of a window in another way (e.g., change fold 67 * settings), must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID) to have the whole window 68 * redisplayed by update_screen() later. 69 * 70 * Commands that change how a buffer is displayed (e.g., setting 'tabstop') 71 * must call redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID) to have all the windows for the 72 * buffer redisplayed by update_screen() later. 73 * 74 * Commands that change highlighting and possibly cause a scroll too must call 75 * redraw_later(SOME_VALID) to update the whole window but still use scrolling 76 * to avoid redrawing everything. But the length of displayed lines must not 77 * change, use NOT_VALID then. 78 * 79 * Commands that move the window position must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID). 80 * TODO: should minimize redrawing by scrolling when possible. 81 * 82 * Commands that change everything (e.g., resizing the screen) must call 83 * redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID) or redraw_all_later(CLEAR). 84 * 85 * Things that are handled indirectly: 86 * - When messages scroll the screen up, msg_scrolled will be set and 87 * update_screen() called to redraw. 88 */ 89 90 #include "vim.h" 91 92 #define MB_FILLER_CHAR '<' /* character used when a double-width character 93 * doesn't fit. */ 94 95 /* 96 * The attributes that are actually active for writing to the screen. 97 */ 98 static int screen_attr = 0; 99 100 /* 101 * Positioning the cursor is reduced by remembering the last position. 102 * Mostly used by windgoto() and screen_char(). 103 */ 104 static int screen_cur_row, screen_cur_col; /* last known cursor position */ 105 106 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 107 static match_T search_hl; /* used for 'hlsearch' highlight matching */ 108 #endif 109 110 #if defined(FEAT_MENU) || defined(FEAT_FOLDING) 111 static int text_to_screenline(win_T *wp, char_u *text, int col); 112 #endif 113 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 114 static foldinfo_T win_foldinfo; /* info for 'foldcolumn' */ 115 static int compute_foldcolumn(win_T *wp, int col); 116 #endif 117 118 /* Flag that is set when drawing for a callback, not from the main command 119 * loop. */ 120 static int redrawing_for_callback = 0; 121 122 /* 123 * Buffer for one screen line (characters and attributes). 124 */ 125 static schar_T *current_ScreenLine; 126 127 static void win_update(win_T *wp); 128 static void win_draw_end(win_T *wp, int c1, int c2, int row, int endrow, hlf_T hl); 129 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 130 static void fold_line(win_T *wp, long fold_count, foldinfo_T *foldinfo, linenr_T lnum, int row); 131 static void fill_foldcolumn(char_u *p, win_T *wp, int closed, linenr_T lnum); 132 static void copy_text_attr(int off, char_u *buf, int len, int attr); 133 #endif 134 static int win_line(win_T *, linenr_T, int, int, int nochange); 135 static int char_needs_redraw(int off_from, int off_to, int cols); 136 static void draw_vsep_win(win_T *wp, int row); 137 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 138 static void redraw_custom_statusline(win_T *wp); 139 #endif 140 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 141 # define SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY 0 142 static void start_search_hl(void); 143 static void end_search_hl(void); 144 static void init_search_hl(win_T *wp); 145 static void prepare_search_hl(win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum); 146 static void next_search_hl(win_T *win, match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T mincol, matchitem_T *cur); 147 static int next_search_hl_pos(match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, posmatch_T *pos, colnr_T mincol); 148 #endif 149 static void screen_start_highlight(int attr); 150 static void screen_char(unsigned off, int row, int col); 151 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 152 static void screen_char_2(unsigned off, int row, int col); 153 #endif 154 static void screenclear2(void); 155 static void lineclear(unsigned off, int width, int attr); 156 static void lineinvalid(unsigned off, int width); 157 static void linecopy(int to, int from, win_T *wp); 158 static void redraw_block(int row, int end, win_T *wp); 159 static int win_do_lines(win_T *wp, int row, int line_count, int mayclear, int del, int clear_attr); 160 static void win_rest_invalid(win_T *wp); 161 static void msg_pos_mode(void); 162 static void recording_mode(int attr); 163 static void draw_tabline(void); 164 static int fillchar_status(int *attr, win_T *wp); 165 static int fillchar_vsep(int *attr); 166 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 167 static void redraw_win_toolbar(win_T *wp); 168 #endif 169 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 170 static void win_redr_custom(win_T *wp, int draw_ruler); 171 #endif 172 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 173 static void win_redr_ruler(win_T *wp, int always); 174 #endif 175 176 /* Ugly global: overrule attribute used by screen_char() */ 177 static int screen_char_attr = 0; 178 179 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_RELTIME) 180 /* Can limit syntax highlight time to 'redrawtime'. */ 181 # define SYN_TIME_LIMIT 1 182 #endif 183 184 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 185 # define HAS_RIGHTLEFT(x) x 186 #else 187 # define HAS_RIGHTLEFT(x) FALSE 188 #endif 189 190 /* 191 * Redraw the current window later, with update_screen(type). 192 * Set must_redraw only if not already set to a higher value. 193 * e.g. if must_redraw is CLEAR, type NOT_VALID will do nothing. 194 */ 195 void 196 redraw_later(int type) 197 { 198 redraw_win_later(curwin, type); 199 } 200 201 void 202 redraw_win_later( 203 win_T *wp, 204 int type) 205 { 206 if (!exiting && wp->w_redr_type < type) 207 { 208 wp->w_redr_type = type; 209 if (type >= NOT_VALID) 210 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 211 if (must_redraw < type) /* must_redraw is the maximum of all windows */ 212 must_redraw = type; 213 } 214 } 215 216 /* 217 * Force a complete redraw later. Also resets the highlighting. To be used 218 * after executing a shell command that messes up the screen. 219 */ 220 void 221 redraw_later_clear(void) 222 { 223 redraw_all_later(CLEAR); 224 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 225 if (gui.in_use) 226 /* Use a code that will reset gui.highlight_mask in 227 * gui_stop_highlight(). */ 228 screen_attr = HL_ALL + 1; 229 else 230 #endif 231 /* Use attributes that is very unlikely to appear in text. */ 232 screen_attr = HL_BOLD | HL_UNDERLINE | HL_INVERSE | HL_STRIKETHROUGH; 233 } 234 235 /* 236 * Mark all windows to be redrawn later. 237 */ 238 void 239 redraw_all_later(int type) 240 { 241 win_T *wp; 242 243 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 244 { 245 redraw_win_later(wp, type); 246 } 247 } 248 249 /* 250 * Mark all windows that are editing the current buffer to be updated later. 251 */ 252 void 253 redraw_curbuf_later(int type) 254 { 255 redraw_buf_later(curbuf, type); 256 } 257 258 void 259 redraw_buf_later(buf_T *buf, int type) 260 { 261 win_T *wp; 262 263 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 264 { 265 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) 266 redraw_win_later(wp, type); 267 } 268 } 269 270 void 271 redraw_buf_and_status_later(buf_T *buf, int type) 272 { 273 win_T *wp; 274 275 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU 276 if (wild_menu_showing != 0) 277 /* Don't redraw while the command line completion is displayed, it 278 * would disappear. */ 279 return; 280 #endif 281 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 282 { 283 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) 284 { 285 redraw_win_later(wp, type); 286 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 287 } 288 } 289 } 290 291 /* 292 * Redraw as soon as possible. When the command line is not scrolled redraw 293 * right away and restore what was on the command line. 294 * Return a code indicating what happened. 295 */ 296 int 297 redraw_asap(int type) 298 { 299 int rows; 300 int cols = screen_Columns; 301 int r; 302 int ret = 0; 303 schar_T *screenline; /* copy from ScreenLines[] */ 304 sattr_T *screenattr; /* copy from ScreenAttrs[] */ 305 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 306 int i; 307 u8char_T *screenlineUC = NULL; /* copy from ScreenLinesUC[] */ 308 u8char_T *screenlineC[MAX_MCO]; /* copy from ScreenLinesC[][] */ 309 schar_T *screenline2 = NULL; /* copy from ScreenLines2[] */ 310 #endif 311 312 redraw_later(type); 313 if (msg_scrolled || (State != NORMAL && State != NORMAL_BUSY) || exiting) 314 return ret; 315 316 /* Allocate space to save the text displayed in the command line area. */ 317 rows = screen_Rows - cmdline_row; 318 screenline = (schar_T *)lalloc( 319 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 320 screenattr = (sattr_T *)lalloc( 321 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); 322 if (screenline == NULL || screenattr == NULL) 323 ret = 2; 324 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 325 if (enc_utf8) 326 { 327 screenlineUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc( 328 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 329 if (screenlineUC == NULL) 330 ret = 2; 331 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 332 { 333 screenlineC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc( 334 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 335 if (screenlineC[i] == NULL) 336 ret = 2; 337 } 338 } 339 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 340 { 341 screenline2 = (schar_T *)lalloc( 342 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 343 if (screenline2 == NULL) 344 ret = 2; 345 } 346 #endif 347 348 if (ret != 2) 349 { 350 /* Save the text displayed in the command line area. */ 351 for (r = 0; r < rows; ++r) 352 { 353 mch_memmove(screenline + r * cols, 354 ScreenLines + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 355 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 356 mch_memmove(screenattr + r * cols, 357 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 358 (size_t)cols * sizeof(sattr_T)); 359 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 360 if (enc_utf8) 361 { 362 mch_memmove(screenlineUC + r * cols, 363 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 364 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 365 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 366 mch_memmove(screenlineC[i] + r * cols, 367 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 368 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 369 } 370 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 371 mch_memmove(screenline2 + r * cols, 372 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 373 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 374 #endif 375 } 376 377 update_screen(0); 378 ret = 3; 379 380 if (must_redraw == 0) 381 { 382 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 383 384 /* Restore the text displayed in the command line area. */ 385 for (r = 0; r < rows; ++r) 386 { 387 mch_memmove(current_ScreenLine, 388 screenline + r * cols, 389 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 390 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off, 391 screenattr + r * cols, 392 (size_t)cols * sizeof(sattr_T)); 393 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 394 if (enc_utf8) 395 { 396 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off, 397 screenlineUC + r * cols, 398 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 399 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 400 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off, 401 screenlineC[i] + r * cols, 402 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 403 } 404 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 405 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off, 406 screenline2 + r * cols, 407 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 408 #endif 409 screen_line(cmdline_row + r, 0, cols, cols, FALSE); 410 } 411 ret = 4; 412 } 413 } 414 415 vim_free(screenline); 416 vim_free(screenattr); 417 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 418 if (enc_utf8) 419 { 420 vim_free(screenlineUC); 421 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 422 vim_free(screenlineC[i]); 423 } 424 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 425 vim_free(screenline2); 426 #endif 427 428 /* Show the intro message when appropriate. */ 429 maybe_intro_message(); 430 431 setcursor(); 432 433 return ret; 434 } 435 436 /* 437 * Invoked after an asynchronous callback is called. 438 * If an echo command was used the cursor needs to be put back where 439 * it belongs. If highlighting was changed a redraw is needed. 440 * If "call_update_screen" is FALSE don't call update_screen() when at the 441 * command line. 442 */ 443 void 444 redraw_after_callback(int call_update_screen) 445 { 446 ++redrawing_for_callback; 447 448 if (State == HITRETURN || State == ASKMORE) 449 ; /* do nothing */ 450 else if (State & CMDLINE) 451 { 452 /* Redrawing only works when the screen didn't scroll. Don't clear 453 * wildmenu entries. */ 454 if (msg_scrolled == 0 455 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU 456 && wild_menu_showing == 0 457 #endif 458 && call_update_screen) 459 update_screen(0); 460 /* Redraw in the same position, so that the user can continue 461 * editing the command. */ 462 redrawcmdline_ex(FALSE); 463 } 464 else if (State & (NORMAL | INSERT | TERMINAL)) 465 { 466 /* keep the command line if possible */ 467 update_screen(VALID_NO_UPDATE); 468 setcursor(); 469 } 470 cursor_on(); 471 out_flush(); 472 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 473 if (gui.in_use) 474 { 475 /* Don't update the cursor when it is blinking and off to avoid 476 * flicker. */ 477 if (!gui_mch_is_blink_off()) 478 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 479 gui_mch_flush(); 480 } 481 #endif 482 483 --redrawing_for_callback; 484 } 485 486 /* 487 * Changed something in the current window, at buffer line "lnum", that 488 * requires that line and possibly other lines to be redrawn. 489 * Used when entering/leaving Insert mode with the cursor on a folded line. 490 * Used to remove the "$" from a change command. 491 * Note that when also inserting/deleting lines w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot 492 * may become invalid and the whole window will have to be redrawn. 493 */ 494 void 495 redrawWinline( 496 linenr_T lnum, 497 int invalid UNUSED) /* window line height is invalid now */ 498 { 499 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 500 int i; 501 #endif 502 503 if (curwin->w_redraw_top == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_top > lnum) 504 curwin->w_redraw_top = lnum; 505 if (curwin->w_redraw_bot == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_bot < lnum) 506 curwin->w_redraw_bot = lnum; 507 redraw_later(VALID); 508 509 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 510 if (invalid) 511 { 512 /* A w_lines[] entry for this lnum has become invalid. */ 513 i = find_wl_entry(curwin, lnum); 514 if (i >= 0) 515 curwin->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; 516 } 517 #endif 518 } 519 520 /* 521 * Update all windows that are editing the current buffer. 522 */ 523 void 524 update_curbuf(int type) 525 { 526 redraw_curbuf_later(type); 527 update_screen(type); 528 } 529 530 /* 531 * Based on the current value of curwin->w_topline, transfer a screenfull 532 * of stuff from Filemem to ScreenLines[], and update curwin->w_botline. 533 * Return OK when the screen was updated, FAIL if it was not done. 534 */ 535 int 536 update_screen(int type_arg) 537 { 538 int type = type_arg; 539 win_T *wp; 540 static int did_intro = FALSE; 541 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 542 int did_one; 543 #endif 544 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 545 int did_undraw = FALSE; 546 int gui_cursor_col; 547 int gui_cursor_row; 548 #endif 549 int no_update = FALSE; 550 551 /* Don't do anything if the screen structures are (not yet) valid. */ 552 if (!screen_valid(TRUE)) 553 return FAIL; 554 555 if (type == VALID_NO_UPDATE) 556 { 557 no_update = TRUE; 558 type = 0; 559 } 560 561 if (must_redraw) 562 { 563 if (type < must_redraw) /* use maximal type */ 564 type = must_redraw; 565 566 /* must_redraw is reset here, so that when we run into some weird 567 * reason to redraw while busy redrawing (e.g., asynchronous 568 * scrolling), or update_topline() in win_update() will cause a 569 * scroll, the screen will be redrawn later or in win_update(). */ 570 must_redraw = 0; 571 } 572 573 /* Need to update w_lines[]. */ 574 if (curwin->w_lines_valid == 0 && type < NOT_VALID) 575 type = NOT_VALID; 576 577 /* Postpone the redrawing when it's not needed and when being called 578 * recursively. */ 579 if (!redrawing() || updating_screen) 580 { 581 redraw_later(type); /* remember type for next time */ 582 must_redraw = type; 583 if (type > INVERTED_ALL) 584 curwin->w_lines_valid = 0; /* don't use w_lines[].wl_size now */ 585 return FAIL; 586 } 587 588 updating_screen = TRUE; 589 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 590 ++display_tick; /* let syntax code know we're in a next round of 591 * display updating */ 592 #endif 593 if (no_update) 594 ++no_win_do_lines_ins; 595 596 /* 597 * if the screen was scrolled up when displaying a message, scroll it down 598 */ 599 if (msg_scrolled) 600 { 601 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 602 if (msg_scrolled > Rows - 5) /* clearing is faster */ 603 type = CLEAR; 604 else if (type != CLEAR) 605 { 606 check_for_delay(FALSE); 607 if (screen_ins_lines(0, 0, msg_scrolled, (int)Rows, 0, NULL) 608 == FAIL) 609 type = CLEAR; 610 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 611 { 612 if (W_WINROW(wp) < msg_scrolled) 613 { 614 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height > msg_scrolled 615 && wp->w_redr_type < REDRAW_TOP 616 && wp->w_lines_valid > 0 617 && wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 618 { 619 wp->w_upd_rows = msg_scrolled - W_WINROW(wp); 620 wp->w_redr_type = REDRAW_TOP; 621 } 622 else 623 { 624 wp->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; 625 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + wp->w_status_height 626 <= msg_scrolled) 627 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 628 } 629 } 630 } 631 if (!no_update) 632 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 633 redraw_tabline = TRUE; 634 } 635 msg_scrolled = 0; 636 need_wait_return = FALSE; 637 } 638 639 /* reset cmdline_row now (may have been changed temporarily) */ 640 compute_cmdrow(); 641 642 /* Check for changed highlighting */ 643 if (need_highlight_changed) 644 highlight_changed(); 645 646 if (type == CLEAR) /* first clear screen */ 647 { 648 screenclear(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ 649 type = NOT_VALID; 650 /* must_redraw may be set indirectly, avoid another redraw later */ 651 must_redraw = 0; 652 } 653 654 if (clear_cmdline) /* going to clear cmdline (done below) */ 655 check_for_delay(FALSE); 656 657 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 658 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 659 * changes. */ 660 if (curwin->w_redr_type < NOT_VALID 661 && curwin->w_nrwidth != ((curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) 662 ? number_width(curwin) : 0)) 663 curwin->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; 664 #endif 665 666 /* 667 * Only start redrawing if there is really something to do. 668 */ 669 if (type == INVERTED) 670 update_curswant(); 671 if (curwin->w_redr_type < type 672 && !((type == VALID 673 && curwin->w_lines[0].wl_valid 674 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 675 && curwin->w_topfill == curwin->w_old_topfill 676 && curwin->w_botfill == curwin->w_old_botfill 677 #endif 678 && curwin->w_topline == curwin->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 679 || (type == INVERTED 680 && VIsual_active 681 && curwin->w_old_cursor_lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum 682 && curwin->w_old_visual_mode == VIsual_mode 683 && (curwin->w_valid & VALID_VIRTCOL) 684 && curwin->w_old_curswant == curwin->w_curswant) 685 )) 686 curwin->w_redr_type = type; 687 688 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ 689 if (redraw_tabline || type >= NOT_VALID) 690 draw_tabline(); 691 692 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 693 /* 694 * Correct stored syntax highlighting info for changes in each displayed 695 * buffer. Each buffer must only be done once. 696 */ 697 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 698 { 699 if (wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set) 700 { 701 win_T *wwp; 702 703 /* Check if we already did this buffer. */ 704 for (wwp = firstwin; wwp != wp; wwp = wwp->w_next) 705 if (wwp->w_buffer == wp->w_buffer) 706 break; 707 if (wwp == wp && syntax_present(wp)) 708 syn_stack_apply_changes(wp->w_buffer); 709 } 710 } 711 #endif 712 713 /* 714 * Go from top to bottom through the windows, redrawing the ones that need 715 * it. 716 */ 717 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 718 did_one = FALSE; 719 #endif 720 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 721 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; 722 #endif 723 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 724 { 725 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 726 { 727 cursor_off(); 728 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 729 if (!did_one) 730 { 731 did_one = TRUE; 732 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 733 start_search_hl(); 734 # endif 735 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 736 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ 737 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel_star()) 738 clip_update_selection(&clip_star); 739 if (clip_plus.available && clip_isautosel_plus()) 740 clip_update_selection(&clip_plus); 741 # endif 742 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 743 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because 744 * scrolling may make it difficult to redraw the text under 745 * it. */ 746 if (gui.in_use && wp == curwin) 747 { 748 gui_cursor_col = gui.cursor_col; 749 gui_cursor_row = gui.cursor_row; 750 gui_undraw_cursor(); 751 did_undraw = TRUE; 752 } 753 #endif 754 } 755 #endif 756 win_update(wp); 757 } 758 759 /* redraw status line after the window to minimize cursor movement */ 760 if (wp->w_redr_status) 761 { 762 cursor_off(); 763 win_redr_status(wp); 764 } 765 } 766 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 767 end_search_hl(); 768 #endif 769 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 770 /* May need to redraw the popup menu. */ 771 if (pum_visible()) 772 pum_redraw(); 773 #endif 774 775 /* Reset b_mod_set flags. Going through all windows is probably faster 776 * than going through all buffers (there could be many buffers). */ 777 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 778 wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set = FALSE; 779 780 updating_screen = FALSE; 781 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 782 gui_may_resize_shell(); 783 #endif 784 785 /* Clear or redraw the command line. Done last, because scrolling may 786 * mess up the command line. */ 787 if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) 788 showmode(); 789 790 if (no_update) 791 --no_win_do_lines_ins; 792 793 /* May put up an introductory message when not editing a file */ 794 if (!did_intro) 795 maybe_intro_message(); 796 did_intro = TRUE; 797 798 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 799 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is 800 * done. */ 801 if (gui.in_use) 802 { 803 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ 804 if (did_undraw && !gui_mch_is_blink_off()) 805 { 806 /* Put the GUI position where the cursor was, gui_update_cursor() 807 * uses that. */ 808 gui.col = gui_cursor_col; 809 gui.row = gui_cursor_row; 810 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 811 gui.col = mb_fix_col(gui.col, gui.row); 812 # endif 813 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 814 screen_cur_col = gui.col; 815 screen_cur_row = gui.row; 816 } 817 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); 818 } 819 #endif 820 return OK; 821 } 822 823 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) 824 /* 825 * Prepare for updating one or more windows. 826 * Caller must check for "updating_screen" already set to avoid recursiveness. 827 */ 828 static void 829 update_prepare(void) 830 { 831 cursor_off(); 832 updating_screen = TRUE; 833 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 834 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling may 835 * make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ 836 if (gui.in_use) 837 gui_undraw_cursor(); 838 #endif 839 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 840 start_search_hl(); 841 #endif 842 } 843 844 /* 845 * Finish updating one or more windows. 846 */ 847 static void 848 update_finish(void) 849 { 850 if (redraw_cmdline) 851 showmode(); 852 853 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 854 end_search_hl(); 855 # endif 856 857 updating_screen = FALSE; 858 859 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 860 gui_may_resize_shell(); 861 862 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is 863 * done. */ 864 if (gui.in_use) 865 { 866 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ 867 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 868 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); 869 } 870 # endif 871 } 872 #endif 873 874 #if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) || defined(PROTO) 875 /* 876 * Return TRUE if the cursor line in window "wp" may be concealed, according 877 * to the 'concealcursor' option. 878 */ 879 int 880 conceal_cursor_line(win_T *wp) 881 { 882 int c; 883 884 if (*wp->w_p_cocu == NUL) 885 return FALSE; 886 if (get_real_state() & VISUAL) 887 c = 'v'; 888 else if (State & INSERT) 889 c = 'i'; 890 else if (State & NORMAL) 891 c = 'n'; 892 else if (State & CMDLINE) 893 c = 'c'; 894 else 895 return FALSE; 896 return vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, c) != NULL; 897 } 898 899 /* 900 * Check if the cursor line needs to be redrawn because of 'concealcursor'. 901 */ 902 void 903 conceal_check_cursur_line(void) 904 { 905 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0 && conceal_cursor_line(curwin)) 906 { 907 need_cursor_line_redraw = TRUE; 908 /* Need to recompute cursor column, e.g., when starting Visual mode 909 * without concealing. */ 910 curs_columns(TRUE); 911 } 912 } 913 914 void 915 update_single_line(win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum) 916 { 917 int row; 918 int j; 919 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 920 proftime_T syntax_tm; 921 #endif 922 923 /* Don't do anything if the screen structures are (not yet) valid. */ 924 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || updating_screen) 925 return; 926 927 if (lnum >= wp->w_topline && lnum < wp->w_botline 928 && foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo) == 0) 929 { 930 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 931 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ 932 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &syntax_tm); 933 syn_set_timeout(&syntax_tm); 934 #endif 935 update_prepare(); 936 937 row = 0; 938 for (j = 0; j < wp->w_lines_valid; ++j) 939 { 940 if (lnum == wp->w_lines[j].wl_lnum) 941 { 942 screen_start(); /* not sure of screen cursor */ 943 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 944 init_search_hl(wp); 945 start_search_hl(); 946 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); 947 # endif 948 win_line(wp, lnum, row, row + wp->w_lines[j].wl_size, FALSE); 949 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 950 end_search_hl(); 951 # endif 952 break; 953 } 954 row += wp->w_lines[j].wl_size; 955 } 956 957 update_finish(); 958 959 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 960 syn_set_timeout(NULL); 961 #endif 962 } 963 need_cursor_line_redraw = FALSE; 964 } 965 #endif 966 967 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO) 968 void 969 update_debug_sign(buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum) 970 { 971 win_T *wp; 972 int doit = FALSE; 973 974 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 975 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; 976 # endif 977 978 /* update/delete a specific mark */ 979 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 980 { 981 if (buf != NULL && lnum > 0) 982 { 983 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && lnum >= wp->w_topline 984 && lnum < wp->w_botline) 985 { 986 if (wp->w_redraw_top == 0 || wp->w_redraw_top > lnum) 987 wp->w_redraw_top = lnum; 988 if (wp->w_redraw_bot == 0 || wp->w_redraw_bot < lnum) 989 wp->w_redraw_bot = lnum; 990 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); 991 } 992 } 993 else 994 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); 995 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 996 doit = TRUE; 997 } 998 999 /* Return when there is nothing to do, screen updating is already 1000 * happening (recursive call), messages on the screen or still starting up. 1001 */ 1002 if (!doit || updating_screen 1003 || State == ASKMORE || State == HITRETURN 1004 || msg_scrolled 1005 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 1006 || gui.starting 1007 #endif 1008 || starting) 1009 return; 1010 1011 /* update all windows that need updating */ 1012 update_prepare(); 1013 1014 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 1015 { 1016 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 1017 win_update(wp); 1018 if (wp->w_redr_status) 1019 win_redr_status(wp); 1020 } 1021 1022 update_finish(); 1023 } 1024 #endif 1025 1026 1027 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) 1028 /* 1029 * Update a single window, its status line and maybe the command line msg. 1030 * Used for the GUI scrollbar. 1031 */ 1032 void 1033 updateWindow(win_T *wp) 1034 { 1035 /* return if already busy updating */ 1036 if (updating_screen) 1037 return; 1038 1039 update_prepare(); 1040 1041 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 1042 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ 1043 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel_star()) 1044 clip_update_selection(&clip_star); 1045 if (clip_plus.available && clip_isautosel_plus()) 1046 clip_update_selection(&clip_plus); 1047 #endif 1048 1049 win_update(wp); 1050 1051 /* When the screen was cleared redraw the tab pages line. */ 1052 if (redraw_tabline) 1053 draw_tabline(); 1054 1055 if (wp->w_redr_status 1056 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 1057 || p_ru 1058 # endif 1059 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 1060 || *p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL 1061 # endif 1062 ) 1063 win_redr_status(wp); 1064 1065 update_finish(); 1066 } 1067 #endif 1068 1069 /* 1070 * Update a single window. 1071 * 1072 * This may cause the windows below it also to be redrawn (when clearing the 1073 * screen or scrolling lines). 1074 * 1075 * How the window is redrawn depends on wp->w_redr_type. Each type also 1076 * implies the one below it. 1077 * NOT_VALID redraw the whole window 1078 * SOME_VALID redraw the whole window but do scroll when possible 1079 * REDRAW_TOP redraw the top w_upd_rows window lines, otherwise like VALID 1080 * INVERTED redraw the changed part of the Visual area 1081 * INVERTED_ALL redraw the whole Visual area 1082 * VALID 1. scroll up/down to adjust for a changed w_topline 1083 * 2. update lines at the top when scrolled down 1084 * 3. redraw changed text: 1085 * - if wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set set, update lines between 1086 * b_mod_top and b_mod_bot. 1087 * - if wp->w_redraw_top non-zero, redraw lines between 1088 * wp->w_redraw_top and wp->w_redr_bot. 1089 * - continue redrawing when syntax status is invalid. 1090 * 4. if scrolled up, update lines at the bottom. 1091 * This results in three areas that may need updating: 1092 * top: from first row to top_end (when scrolled down) 1093 * mid: from mid_start to mid_end (update inversion or changed text) 1094 * bot: from bot_start to last row (when scrolled up) 1095 */ 1096 static void 1097 win_update(win_T *wp) 1098 { 1099 buf_T *buf = wp->w_buffer; 1100 int type; 1101 int top_end = 0; /* Below last row of the top area that needs 1102 updating. 0 when no top area updating. */ 1103 int mid_start = 999;/* first row of the mid area that needs 1104 updating. 999 when no mid area updating. */ 1105 int mid_end = 0; /* Below last row of the mid area that needs 1106 updating. 0 when no mid area updating. */ 1107 int bot_start = 999;/* first row of the bot area that needs 1108 updating. 999 when no bot area updating */ 1109 int scrolled_down = FALSE; /* TRUE when scrolled down when 1110 w_topline got smaller a bit */ 1111 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1112 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ 1113 int top_to_mod = FALSE; /* redraw above mod_top */ 1114 #endif 1115 1116 int row; /* current window row to display */ 1117 linenr_T lnum; /* current buffer lnum to display */ 1118 int idx; /* current index in w_lines[] */ 1119 int srow; /* starting row of the current line */ 1120 1121 int eof = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we hit the end of the file */ 1122 int didline = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we finished the last line */ 1123 int i; 1124 long j; 1125 static int recursive = FALSE; /* being called recursively */ 1126 int old_botline = wp->w_botline; 1127 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1128 long fold_count; 1129 #endif 1130 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1131 /* remember what happened to the previous line, to know if 1132 * check_visual_highlight() can be used */ 1133 #define DID_NONE 1 /* didn't update a line */ 1134 #define DID_LINE 2 /* updated a normal line */ 1135 #define DID_FOLD 3 /* updated a folded line */ 1136 int did_update = DID_NONE; 1137 linenr_T syntax_last_parsed = 0; /* last parsed text line */ 1138 #endif 1139 linenr_T mod_top = 0; 1140 linenr_T mod_bot = 0; 1141 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 1142 int save_got_int; 1143 #endif 1144 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 1145 proftime_T syntax_tm; 1146 #endif 1147 1148 type = wp->w_redr_type; 1149 1150 if (type == NOT_VALID) 1151 { 1152 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 1153 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 1154 } 1155 1156 /* Window is zero-height: nothing to draw. */ 1157 if (wp->w_height + WINBAR_HEIGHT(wp) == 0) 1158 { 1159 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 1160 return; 1161 } 1162 1163 /* Window is zero-width: Only need to draw the separator. */ 1164 if (wp->w_width == 0) 1165 { 1166 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ 1167 draw_vsep_win(wp, 0); 1168 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 1169 return; 1170 } 1171 1172 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 1173 /* If this window contains a terminal, redraw works completely differently. 1174 */ 1175 if (term_update_window(wp) == OK) 1176 { 1177 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 1178 return; 1179 } 1180 #endif 1181 1182 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1183 init_search_hl(wp); 1184 #endif 1185 1186 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 1187 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 1188 * changes. */ 1189 i = (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) ? number_width(wp) : 0; 1190 if (wp->w_nrwidth != i) 1191 { 1192 type = NOT_VALID; 1193 wp->w_nrwidth = i; 1194 } 1195 else 1196 #endif 1197 1198 if (buf->b_mod_set && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_redraw_top != 0) 1199 { 1200 /* 1201 * When there are both inserted/deleted lines and specific lines to be 1202 * redrawn, w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot may be invalid, just redraw 1203 * everything (only happens when redrawing is off for while). 1204 */ 1205 type = NOT_VALID; 1206 } 1207 else 1208 { 1209 /* 1210 * Set mod_top to the first line that needs displaying because of 1211 * changes. Set mod_bot to the first line after the changes. 1212 */ 1213 mod_top = wp->w_redraw_top; 1214 if (wp->w_redraw_bot != 0) 1215 mod_bot = wp->w_redraw_bot + 1; 1216 else 1217 mod_bot = 0; 1218 wp->w_redraw_top = 0; /* reset for next time */ 1219 wp->w_redraw_bot = 0; 1220 if (buf->b_mod_set) 1221 { 1222 if (mod_top == 0 || mod_top > buf->b_mod_top) 1223 { 1224 mod_top = buf->b_mod_top; 1225 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1226 /* Need to redraw lines above the change that may be included 1227 * in a pattern match. */ 1228 if (syntax_present(wp)) 1229 { 1230 mod_top -= buf->b_s.b_syn_sync_linebreaks; 1231 if (mod_top < 1) 1232 mod_top = 1; 1233 } 1234 #endif 1235 } 1236 if (mod_bot == 0 || mod_bot < buf->b_mod_bot) 1237 mod_bot = buf->b_mod_bot; 1238 1239 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1240 /* When 'hlsearch' is on and using a multi-line search pattern, a 1241 * change in one line may make the Search highlighting in a 1242 * previous line invalid. Simple solution: redraw all visible 1243 * lines above the change. 1244 * Same for a match pattern. 1245 */ 1246 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL 1247 && re_multiline(search_hl.rm.regprog)) 1248 top_to_mod = TRUE; 1249 else 1250 { 1251 cur = wp->w_match_head; 1252 while (cur != NULL) 1253 { 1254 if (cur->match.regprog != NULL 1255 && re_multiline(cur->match.regprog)) 1256 { 1257 top_to_mod = TRUE; 1258 break; 1259 } 1260 cur = cur->next; 1261 } 1262 } 1263 #endif 1264 } 1265 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1266 if (mod_top != 0 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) 1267 { 1268 linenr_T lnumt, lnumb; 1269 1270 /* 1271 * A change in a line can cause lines above it to become folded or 1272 * unfolded. Find the top most buffer line that may be affected. 1273 * If the line was previously folded and displayed, get the first 1274 * line of that fold. If the line is folded now, get the first 1275 * folded line. Use the minimum of these two. 1276 */ 1277 1278 /* Find last valid w_lines[] entry above mod_top. Set lnumt to 1279 * the line below it. If there is no valid entry, use w_topline. 1280 * Find the first valid w_lines[] entry below mod_bot. Set lnumb 1281 * to this line. If there is no valid entry, use MAXLNUM. */ 1282 lnumt = wp->w_topline; 1283 lnumb = MAXLNUM; 1284 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1285 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) 1286 { 1287 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum < mod_top) 1288 lnumt = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1; 1289 if (lnumb == MAXLNUM && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= mod_bot) 1290 { 1291 lnumb = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum; 1292 /* When there is a fold column it might need updating 1293 * in the next line ("J" just above an open fold). */ 1294 if (compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0) > 0) 1295 ++lnumb; 1296 } 1297 } 1298 1299 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_top, &mod_top, NULL, TRUE, NULL); 1300 if (mod_top > lnumt) 1301 mod_top = lnumt; 1302 1303 /* Now do the same for the bottom line (one above mod_bot). */ 1304 --mod_bot; 1305 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_bot, NULL, &mod_bot, TRUE, NULL); 1306 ++mod_bot; 1307 if (mod_bot < lnumb) 1308 mod_bot = lnumb; 1309 } 1310 #endif 1311 1312 /* When a change starts above w_topline and the end is below 1313 * w_topline, start redrawing at w_topline. 1314 * If the end of the change is above w_topline: do like no change was 1315 * made, but redraw the first line to find changes in syntax. */ 1316 if (mod_top != 0 && mod_top < wp->w_topline) 1317 { 1318 if (mod_bot > wp->w_topline) 1319 mod_top = wp->w_topline; 1320 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1321 else if (syntax_present(wp)) 1322 top_end = 1; 1323 #endif 1324 } 1325 1326 /* When line numbers are displayed need to redraw all lines below 1327 * inserted/deleted lines. */ 1328 if (mod_top != 0 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_p_nu) 1329 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1330 } 1331 1332 /* 1333 * When only displaying the lines at the top, set top_end. Used when 1334 * window has scrolled down for msg_scrolled. 1335 */ 1336 if (type == REDRAW_TOP) 1337 { 1338 j = 0; 1339 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1340 { 1341 j += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1342 if (j >= wp->w_upd_rows) 1343 { 1344 top_end = j; 1345 break; 1346 } 1347 } 1348 if (top_end == 0) 1349 /* not found (cannot happen?): redraw everything */ 1350 type = NOT_VALID; 1351 else 1352 /* top area defined, the rest is VALID */ 1353 type = VALID; 1354 } 1355 1356 /* Trick: we want to avoid clearing the screen twice. screenclear() will 1357 * set "screen_cleared" to TRUE. The special value MAYBE (which is still 1358 * non-zero and thus not FALSE) will indicate that screenclear() was not 1359 * called. */ 1360 if (screen_cleared) 1361 screen_cleared = MAYBE; 1362 1363 /* 1364 * If there are no changes on the screen that require a complete redraw, 1365 * handle three cases: 1366 * 1: we are off the top of the screen by a few lines: scroll down 1367 * 2: wp->w_topline is below wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: may scroll up 1368 * 3: wp->w_topline is wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: find first entry in 1369 * w_lines[] that needs updating. 1370 */ 1371 if ((type == VALID || type == SOME_VALID 1372 || type == INVERTED || type == INVERTED_ALL) 1373 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1374 && !wp->w_botfill && !wp->w_old_botfill 1375 #endif 1376 ) 1377 { 1378 if (mod_top != 0 && wp->w_topline == mod_top) 1379 { 1380 /* 1381 * w_topline is the first changed line, the scrolling will be done 1382 * further down. 1383 */ 1384 } 1385 else if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_valid 1386 && (wp->w_topline < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum 1387 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1388 || (wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum 1389 && wp->w_topfill > wp->w_old_topfill) 1390 #endif 1391 )) 1392 { 1393 /* 1394 * New topline is above old topline: May scroll down. 1395 */ 1396 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1397 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) 1398 { 1399 linenr_T ln; 1400 1401 /* count the number of lines we are off, counting a sequence 1402 * of folded lines as one */ 1403 j = 0; 1404 for (ln = wp->w_topline; ln < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum; ++ln) 1405 { 1406 ++j; 1407 if (j >= wp->w_height - 2) 1408 break; 1409 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, ln, NULL, &ln, TRUE, NULL); 1410 } 1411 } 1412 else 1413 #endif 1414 j = wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - wp->w_topline; 1415 if (j < wp->w_height - 2) /* not too far off */ 1416 { 1417 i = plines_m_win(wp, wp->w_topline, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - 1); 1418 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1419 /* insert extra lines for previously invisible filler lines */ 1420 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum != wp->w_topline) 1421 i += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 1422 - wp->w_old_topfill; 1423 #endif 1424 if (i < wp->w_height - 2) /* less than a screen off */ 1425 { 1426 /* 1427 * Try to insert the correct number of lines. 1428 * If not the last window, delete the lines at the bottom. 1429 * win_ins_lines may fail when the terminal can't do it. 1430 */ 1431 if (i > 0) 1432 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1433 if (win_ins_lines(wp, 0, i, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) 1434 { 1435 if (wp->w_lines_valid != 0) 1436 { 1437 /* Need to update rows that are new, stop at the 1438 * first one that scrolled down. */ 1439 top_end = i; 1440 scrolled_down = TRUE; 1441 1442 /* Move the entries that were scrolled, disable 1443 * the entries for the lines to be redrawn. */ 1444 if ((wp->w_lines_valid += j) > wp->w_height) 1445 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; 1446 for (idx = wp->w_lines_valid; idx - j >= 0; idx--) 1447 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[idx - j]; 1448 while (idx >= 0) 1449 wp->w_lines[idx--].wl_valid = FALSE; 1450 } 1451 } 1452 else 1453 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1454 } 1455 else 1456 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1457 } 1458 else 1459 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1460 } 1461 else 1462 { 1463 /* 1464 * New topline is at or below old topline: May scroll up. 1465 * When topline didn't change, find first entry in w_lines[] that 1466 * needs updating. 1467 */ 1468 1469 /* try to find wp->w_topline in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum */ 1470 j = -1; 1471 row = 0; 1472 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; i++) 1473 { 1474 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1475 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) 1476 { 1477 j = i; 1478 break; 1479 } 1480 row += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1481 } 1482 if (j == -1) 1483 { 1484 /* if wp->w_topline is not in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum redraw all 1485 * lines */ 1486 mid_start = 0; 1487 } 1488 else 1489 { 1490 /* 1491 * Try to delete the correct number of lines. 1492 * wp->w_topline is at wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum. 1493 */ 1494 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1495 /* If the topline didn't change, delete old filler lines, 1496 * otherwise delete filler lines of the new topline... */ 1497 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) 1498 row += wp->w_old_topfill; 1499 else 1500 row += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_topline); 1501 /* ... but don't delete new filler lines. */ 1502 row -= wp->w_topfill; 1503 #endif 1504 if (row > 0) 1505 { 1506 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1507 if (win_del_lines(wp, 0, row, FALSE, wp == firstwin, 0) 1508 == OK) 1509 bot_start = wp->w_height - row; 1510 else 1511 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1512 } 1513 if ((row == 0 || bot_start < 999) && wp->w_lines_valid != 0) 1514 { 1515 /* 1516 * Skip the lines (below the deleted lines) that are still 1517 * valid and don't need redrawing. Copy their info 1518 * upwards, to compensate for the deleted lines. Set 1519 * bot_start to the first row that needs redrawing. 1520 */ 1521 bot_start = 0; 1522 idx = 0; 1523 for (;;) 1524 { 1525 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[j]; 1526 /* stop at line that didn't fit, unless it is still 1527 * valid (no lines deleted) */ 1528 if (row > 0 && bot_start + row 1529 + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size > wp->w_height) 1530 { 1531 wp->w_lines_valid = idx + 1; 1532 break; 1533 } 1534 bot_start += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; 1535 1536 /* stop at the last valid entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ 1537 if (++j >= wp->w_lines_valid) 1538 { 1539 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; 1540 break; 1541 } 1542 } 1543 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1544 /* Correct the first entry for filler lines at the top 1545 * when it won't get updated below. */ 1546 if (wp->w_p_diff && bot_start > 0) 1547 wp->w_lines[0].wl_size = 1548 plines_win_nofill(wp, wp->w_topline, TRUE) 1549 + wp->w_topfill; 1550 #endif 1551 } 1552 } 1553 } 1554 1555 /* When starting redraw in the first line, redraw all lines. When 1556 * there is only one window it's probably faster to clear the screen 1557 * first. */ 1558 if (mid_start == 0) 1559 { 1560 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1561 if (ONE_WINDOW) 1562 { 1563 /* Clear the screen when it was not done by win_del_lines() or 1564 * win_ins_lines() above, "screen_cleared" is FALSE or MAYBE 1565 * then. */ 1566 if (screen_cleared != TRUE) 1567 screenclear(); 1568 /* The screen was cleared, redraw the tab pages line. */ 1569 if (redraw_tabline) 1570 draw_tabline(); 1571 } 1572 } 1573 1574 /* When win_del_lines() or win_ins_lines() caused the screen to be 1575 * cleared (only happens for the first window) or when screenclear() 1576 * was called directly above, "must_redraw" will have been set to 1577 * NOT_VALID, need to reset it here to avoid redrawing twice. */ 1578 if (screen_cleared == TRUE) 1579 must_redraw = 0; 1580 } 1581 else 1582 { 1583 /* Not VALID or INVERTED: redraw all lines. */ 1584 mid_start = 0; 1585 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1586 } 1587 1588 if (type == SOME_VALID) 1589 { 1590 /* SOME_VALID: redraw all lines. */ 1591 mid_start = 0; 1592 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1593 type = NOT_VALID; 1594 } 1595 1596 /* check if we are updating or removing the inverted part */ 1597 if ((VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) 1598 || (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0 && type != NOT_VALID)) 1599 { 1600 linenr_T from, to; 1601 1602 if (VIsual_active) 1603 { 1604 if (VIsual_active 1605 && (VIsual_mode != wp->w_old_visual_mode 1606 || type == INVERTED_ALL)) 1607 { 1608 /* 1609 * If the type of Visual selection changed, redraw the whole 1610 * selection. Also when the ownership of the X selection is 1611 * gained or lost. 1612 */ 1613 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < VIsual.lnum) 1614 { 1615 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1616 to = VIsual.lnum; 1617 } 1618 else 1619 { 1620 from = VIsual.lnum; 1621 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1622 } 1623 /* redraw more when the cursor moved as well */ 1624 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < from) 1625 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1626 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > to) 1627 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1628 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from) 1629 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1630 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) 1631 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1632 } 1633 else 1634 { 1635 /* 1636 * Find the line numbers that need to be updated: The lines 1637 * between the old cursor position and the current cursor 1638 * position. Also check if the Visual position changed. 1639 */ 1640 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < wp->w_old_cursor_lnum) 1641 { 1642 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1643 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1644 } 1645 else 1646 { 1647 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1648 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1649 if (from == 0) /* Visual mode just started */ 1650 from = to; 1651 } 1652 1653 if (VIsual.lnum != wp->w_old_visual_lnum 1654 || VIsual.col != wp->w_old_visual_col) 1655 { 1656 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from 1657 && wp->w_old_visual_lnum != 0) 1658 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1659 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) 1660 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1661 if (VIsual.lnum < from) 1662 from = VIsual.lnum; 1663 if (VIsual.lnum > to) 1664 to = VIsual.lnum; 1665 } 1666 } 1667 1668 /* 1669 * If in block mode and changed column or curwin->w_curswant: 1670 * update all lines. 1671 * First compute the actual start and end column. 1672 */ 1673 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) 1674 { 1675 colnr_T fromc, toc; 1676 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) && defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) 1677 int save_ve_flags = ve_flags; 1678 1679 if (curwin->w_p_lbr) 1680 ve_flags = VE_ALL; 1681 #endif 1682 getvcols(wp, &VIsual, &curwin->w_cursor, &fromc, &toc); 1683 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) && defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) 1684 ve_flags = save_ve_flags; 1685 #endif 1686 ++toc; 1687 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL) 1688 toc = MAXCOL; 1689 1690 if (fromc != wp->w_old_cursor_fcol 1691 || toc != wp->w_old_cursor_lcol) 1692 { 1693 if (from > VIsual.lnum) 1694 from = VIsual.lnum; 1695 if (to < VIsual.lnum) 1696 to = VIsual.lnum; 1697 } 1698 wp->w_old_cursor_fcol = fromc; 1699 wp->w_old_cursor_lcol = toc; 1700 } 1701 } 1702 else 1703 { 1704 /* Use the line numbers of the old Visual area. */ 1705 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < wp->w_old_visual_lnum) 1706 { 1707 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1708 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1709 } 1710 else 1711 { 1712 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1713 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1714 } 1715 } 1716 1717 /* 1718 * There is no need to update lines above the top of the window. 1719 */ 1720 if (from < wp->w_topline) 1721 from = wp->w_topline; 1722 1723 /* 1724 * If we know the value of w_botline, use it to restrict the update to 1725 * the lines that are visible in the window. 1726 */ 1727 if (wp->w_valid & VALID_BOTLINE) 1728 { 1729 if (from >= wp->w_botline) 1730 from = wp->w_botline - 1; 1731 if (to >= wp->w_botline) 1732 to = wp->w_botline - 1; 1733 } 1734 1735 /* 1736 * Find the minimal part to be updated. 1737 * Watch out for scrolling that made entries in w_lines[] invalid. 1738 * E.g., CTRL-U makes the first half of w_lines[] invalid and sets 1739 * top_end; need to redraw from top_end to the "to" line. 1740 * A middle mouse click with a Visual selection may change the text 1741 * above the Visual area and reset wl_valid, do count these for 1742 * mid_end (in srow). 1743 */ 1744 if (mid_start > 0) 1745 { 1746 lnum = wp->w_topline; 1747 idx = 0; 1748 srow = 0; 1749 if (scrolled_down) 1750 mid_start = top_end; 1751 else 1752 mid_start = 0; 1753 while (lnum < from && idx < wp->w_lines_valid) /* find start */ 1754 { 1755 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) 1756 mid_start += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1757 else if (!scrolled_down) 1758 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1759 ++idx; 1760 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1761 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) 1762 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum; 1763 else 1764 # endif 1765 ++lnum; 1766 } 1767 srow += mid_start; 1768 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1769 for ( ; idx < wp->w_lines_valid; ++idx) /* find end */ 1770 { 1771 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid 1772 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum >= to + 1) 1773 { 1774 /* Only update until first row of this line */ 1775 mid_end = srow; 1776 break; 1777 } 1778 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1779 } 1780 } 1781 } 1782 1783 if (VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) 1784 { 1785 wp->w_old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode; 1786 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1787 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = VIsual.lnum; 1788 wp->w_old_visual_col = VIsual.col; 1789 wp->w_old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant; 1790 } 1791 else 1792 { 1793 wp->w_old_visual_mode = 0; 1794 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = 0; 1795 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = 0; 1796 wp->w_old_visual_col = 0; 1797 } 1798 1799 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 1800 /* reset got_int, otherwise regexp won't work */ 1801 save_got_int = got_int; 1802 got_int = 0; 1803 #endif 1804 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 1805 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ 1806 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &syntax_tm); 1807 syn_set_timeout(&syntax_tm); 1808 #endif 1809 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1810 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; 1811 #endif 1812 1813 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 1814 /* 1815 * Draw the window toolbar, if there is one. 1816 * TODO: only when needed. 1817 */ 1818 if (winbar_height(wp) > 0) 1819 redraw_win_toolbar(wp); 1820 #endif 1821 1822 /* 1823 * Update all the window rows. 1824 */ 1825 idx = 0; /* first entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ 1826 row = 0; 1827 srow = 0; 1828 lnum = wp->w_topline; /* first line shown in window */ 1829 for (;;) 1830 { 1831 /* stop updating when reached the end of the window (check for _past_ 1832 * the end of the window is at the end of the loop) */ 1833 if (row == wp->w_height) 1834 { 1835 didline = TRUE; 1836 break; 1837 } 1838 1839 /* stop updating when hit the end of the file */ 1840 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 1841 { 1842 eof = TRUE; 1843 break; 1844 } 1845 1846 /* Remember the starting row of the line that is going to be dealt 1847 * with. It is used further down when the line doesn't fit. */ 1848 srow = row; 1849 1850 /* 1851 * Update a line when it is in an area that needs updating, when it 1852 * has changes or w_lines[idx] is invalid. 1853 * bot_start may be halfway a wrapped line after using 1854 * win_del_lines(), check if the current line includes it. 1855 * When syntax folding is being used, the saved syntax states will 1856 * already have been updated, we can't see where the syntax state is 1857 * the same again, just update until the end of the window. 1858 */ 1859 if (row < top_end 1860 || (row >= mid_start && row < mid_end) 1861 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1862 || top_to_mod 1863 #endif 1864 || idx >= wp->w_lines_valid 1865 || (row + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > bot_start) 1866 || (mod_top != 0 1867 && (lnum == mod_top 1868 || (lnum >= mod_top 1869 && (lnum < mod_bot 1870 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1871 || did_update == DID_FOLD 1872 || (did_update == DID_LINE 1873 && syntax_present(wp) 1874 && ( 1875 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1876 (foldmethodIsSyntax(wp) 1877 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) || 1878 # endif 1879 syntax_check_changed(lnum))) 1880 #endif 1881 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1882 /* match in fixed position might need redraw 1883 * if lines were inserted or deleted */ 1884 || (wp->w_match_head != NULL 1885 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0) 1886 #endif 1887 ))))) 1888 { 1889 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1890 if (lnum == mod_top) 1891 top_to_mod = FALSE; 1892 #endif 1893 1894 /* 1895 * When at start of changed lines: May scroll following lines 1896 * up or down to minimize redrawing. 1897 * Don't do this when the change continues until the end. 1898 * Don't scroll when dollar_vcol >= 0, keep the "$". 1899 */ 1900 if (lnum == mod_top 1901 && mod_bot != MAXLNUM 1902 && !(dollar_vcol >= 0 && mod_bot == mod_top + 1)) 1903 { 1904 int old_rows = 0; 1905 int new_rows = 0; 1906 int xtra_rows; 1907 linenr_T l; 1908 1909 /* Count the old number of window rows, using w_lines[], which 1910 * should still contain the sizes for the lines as they are 1911 * currently displayed. */ 1912 for (i = idx; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1913 { 1914 /* Only valid lines have a meaningful wl_lnum. Invalid 1915 * lines are part of the changed area. */ 1916 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1917 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == mod_bot) 1918 break; 1919 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1920 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1921 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1922 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1 == mod_bot) 1923 { 1924 /* Must have found the last valid entry above mod_bot. 1925 * Add following invalid entries. */ 1926 ++i; 1927 while (i < wp->w_lines_valid 1928 && !wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) 1929 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i++].wl_size; 1930 break; 1931 } 1932 #endif 1933 } 1934 1935 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) 1936 { 1937 /* We can't find a valid line below the changed lines, 1938 * need to redraw until the end of the window. 1939 * Inserting/deleting lines has no use. */ 1940 bot_start = 0; 1941 } 1942 else 1943 { 1944 /* Able to count old number of rows: Count new window 1945 * rows, and may insert/delete lines */ 1946 j = idx; 1947 for (l = lnum; l < mod_bot; ++l) 1948 { 1949 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1950 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, l, NULL, &l, TRUE, NULL)) 1951 ++new_rows; 1952 else 1953 #endif 1954 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1955 if (l == wp->w_topline) 1956 new_rows += plines_win_nofill(wp, l, TRUE) 1957 + wp->w_topfill; 1958 else 1959 #endif 1960 new_rows += plines_win(wp, l, TRUE); 1961 ++j; 1962 if (new_rows > wp->w_height - row - 2) 1963 { 1964 /* it's getting too much, must redraw the rest */ 1965 new_rows = 9999; 1966 break; 1967 } 1968 } 1969 xtra_rows = new_rows - old_rows; 1970 if (xtra_rows < 0) 1971 { 1972 /* May scroll text up. If there is not enough 1973 * remaining text or scrolling fails, must redraw the 1974 * rest. If scrolling works, must redraw the text 1975 * below the scrolled text. */ 1976 if (row - xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) 1977 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1978 else 1979 { 1980 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1981 if (win_del_lines(wp, row, 1982 -xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE, 0) == FAIL) 1983 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1984 else 1985 bot_start = wp->w_height + xtra_rows; 1986 } 1987 } 1988 else if (xtra_rows > 0) 1989 { 1990 /* May scroll text down. If there is not enough 1991 * remaining text of scrolling fails, must redraw the 1992 * rest. */ 1993 if (row + xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) 1994 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1995 else 1996 { 1997 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1998 if (win_ins_lines(wp, row + old_rows, 1999 xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) 2000 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 2001 else if (top_end > row + old_rows) 2002 /* Scrolled the part at the top that requires 2003 * updating down. */ 2004 top_end += xtra_rows; 2005 } 2006 } 2007 2008 /* When not updating the rest, may need to move w_lines[] 2009 * entries. */ 2010 if (mod_bot != MAXLNUM && i != j) 2011 { 2012 if (j < i) 2013 { 2014 int x = row + new_rows; 2015 2016 /* move entries in w_lines[] upwards */ 2017 for (;;) 2018 { 2019 /* stop at last valid entry in w_lines[] */ 2020 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) 2021 { 2022 wp->w_lines_valid = j; 2023 break; 2024 } 2025 wp->w_lines[j] = wp->w_lines[i]; 2026 /* stop at a line that won't fit */ 2027 if (x + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size 2028 > wp->w_height) 2029 { 2030 wp->w_lines_valid = j + 1; 2031 break; 2032 } 2033 x += wp->w_lines[j++].wl_size; 2034 ++i; 2035 } 2036 if (bot_start > x) 2037 bot_start = x; 2038 } 2039 else /* j > i */ 2040 { 2041 /* move entries in w_lines[] downwards */ 2042 j -= i; 2043 wp->w_lines_valid += j; 2044 if (wp->w_lines_valid > wp->w_height) 2045 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; 2046 for (i = wp->w_lines_valid; i - j >= idx; --i) 2047 wp->w_lines[i] = wp->w_lines[i - j]; 2048 2049 /* The w_lines[] entries for inserted lines are 2050 * now invalid, but wl_size may be used above. 2051 * Reset to zero. */ 2052 while (i >= idx) 2053 { 2054 wp->w_lines[i].wl_size = 0; 2055 wp->w_lines[i--].wl_valid = FALSE; 2056 } 2057 } 2058 } 2059 } 2060 } 2061 2062 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2063 /* 2064 * When lines are folded, display one line for all of them. 2065 * Otherwise, display normally (can be several display lines when 2066 * 'wrap' is on). 2067 */ 2068 fold_count = foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo); 2069 if (fold_count != 0) 2070 { 2071 fold_line(wp, fold_count, &win_foldinfo, lnum, row); 2072 ++row; 2073 --fold_count; 2074 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = TRUE; 2075 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum + fold_count; 2076 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2077 did_update = DID_FOLD; 2078 # endif 2079 } 2080 else 2081 #endif 2082 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid 2083 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid 2084 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum == lnum 2085 && lnum > wp->w_topline 2086 && !(dy_flags & (DY_LASTLINE | DY_TRUNCATE)) 2087 && srow + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > wp->w_height 2088 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2089 && diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) == 0 2090 #endif 2091 ) 2092 { 2093 /* This line is not going to fit. Don't draw anything here, 2094 * will draw "@ " lines below. */ 2095 row = wp->w_height + 1; 2096 } 2097 else 2098 { 2099 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 2100 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); 2101 #endif 2102 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2103 /* Let the syntax stuff know we skipped a few lines. */ 2104 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_last_parsed + 1 < lnum 2105 && syntax_present(wp)) 2106 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); 2107 #endif 2108 2109 /* 2110 * Display one line. 2111 */ 2112 row = win_line(wp, lnum, srow, wp->w_height, mod_top == 0); 2113 2114 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2115 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = FALSE; 2116 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum; 2117 #endif 2118 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2119 did_update = DID_LINE; 2120 syntax_last_parsed = lnum; 2121 #endif 2122 } 2123 2124 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum = lnum; 2125 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid = TRUE; 2126 2127 /* Past end of the window or end of the screen. Note that after 2128 * resizing wp->w_height may be end up too big. That's a problem 2129 * elsewhere, but prevent a crash here. */ 2130 if (row > wp->w_height || row + wp->w_winrow >= Rows) 2131 { 2132 /* we may need the size of that too long line later on */ 2133 if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2134 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = plines_win(wp, lnum, TRUE); 2135 ++idx; 2136 break; 2137 } 2138 if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2139 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = row - srow; 2140 ++idx; 2141 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2142 lnum += fold_count + 1; 2143 #else 2144 ++lnum; 2145 #endif 2146 } 2147 else 2148 { 2149 /* This line does not need updating, advance to the next one */ 2150 row += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; 2151 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ 2152 break; 2153 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2154 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx - 1].wl_lastlnum + 1; 2155 #else 2156 ++lnum; 2157 #endif 2158 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2159 did_update = DID_NONE; 2160 #endif 2161 } 2162 2163 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 2164 { 2165 eof = TRUE; 2166 break; 2167 } 2168 } 2169 /* 2170 * End of loop over all window lines. 2171 */ 2172 2173 2174 if (idx > wp->w_lines_valid) 2175 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; 2176 2177 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2178 /* 2179 * Let the syntax stuff know we stop parsing here. 2180 */ 2181 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_present(wp)) 2182 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); 2183 #endif 2184 2185 /* 2186 * If we didn't hit the end of the file, and we didn't finish the last 2187 * line we were working on, then the line didn't fit. 2188 */ 2189 wp->w_empty_rows = 0; 2190 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2191 wp->w_filler_rows = 0; 2192 #endif 2193 if (!eof && !didline) 2194 { 2195 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) 2196 { 2197 /* 2198 * Single line that does not fit! 2199 * Don't overwrite it, it can be edited. 2200 */ 2201 wp->w_botline = lnum + 1; 2202 } 2203 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2204 else if (diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) >= wp->w_height - srow) 2205 { 2206 /* Window ends in filler lines. */ 2207 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2208 wp->w_filler_rows = wp->w_height - srow; 2209 } 2210 #endif 2211 else if (dy_flags & DY_TRUNCATE) /* 'display' has "truncate" */ 2212 { 2213 int scr_row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1; 2214 2215 /* 2216 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" in the last screen line. 2217 */ 2218 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"@@", 2, scr_row, wp->w_wincol, 2219 HL_ATTR(HLF_AT)); 2220 screen_fill(scr_row, scr_row + 1, 2221 (int)wp->w_wincol + 2, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2222 '@', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_AT)); 2223 set_empty_rows(wp, srow); 2224 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2225 } 2226 else if (dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) /* 'display' has "lastline" */ 2227 { 2228 /* 2229 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" at the end. 2230 */ 2231 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1, 2232 W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 2233 (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - 3, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2234 '@', '@', HL_ATTR(HLF_AT)); 2235 set_empty_rows(wp, srow); 2236 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2237 } 2238 else 2239 { 2240 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', srow, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); 2241 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2242 } 2243 } 2244 else 2245 { 2246 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); 2247 if (eof) /* we hit the end of the file */ 2248 { 2249 wp->w_botline = buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; 2250 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2251 j = diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_botline); 2252 if (j > 0 && !wp->w_botfill) 2253 { 2254 /* 2255 * Display filler lines at the end of the file 2256 */ 2257 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) 2258 i = '-'; 2259 else 2260 i = fill_diff; 2261 if (row + j > wp->w_height) 2262 j = wp->w_height - row; 2263 win_draw_end(wp, i, i, row, row + (int)j, HLF_DED); 2264 row += j; 2265 } 2266 #endif 2267 } 2268 else if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2269 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2270 2271 /* make sure the rest of the screen is blank */ 2272 /* put '~'s on rows that aren't part of the file. */ 2273 win_draw_end(wp, '~', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_EOB); 2274 } 2275 2276 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 2277 syn_set_timeout(NULL); 2278 #endif 2279 2280 /* Reset the type of redrawing required, the window has been updated. */ 2281 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 2282 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2283 wp->w_old_topfill = wp->w_topfill; 2284 wp->w_old_botfill = wp->w_botfill; 2285 #endif 2286 2287 if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2288 { 2289 /* 2290 * There is a trick with w_botline. If we invalidate it on each 2291 * change that might modify it, this will cause a lot of expensive 2292 * calls to plines() in update_topline() each time. Therefore the 2293 * value of w_botline is often approximated, and this value is used to 2294 * compute the value of w_topline. If the value of w_botline was 2295 * wrong, check that the value of w_topline is correct (cursor is on 2296 * the visible part of the text). If it's not, we need to redraw 2297 * again. Mostly this just means scrolling up a few lines, so it 2298 * doesn't look too bad. Only do this for the current window (where 2299 * changes are relevant). 2300 */ 2301 wp->w_valid |= VALID_BOTLINE; 2302 if (wp == curwin && wp->w_botline != old_botline && !recursive) 2303 { 2304 recursive = TRUE; 2305 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_TOPLINE; 2306 update_topline(); /* may invalidate w_botline again */ 2307 if (must_redraw != 0) 2308 { 2309 /* Don't update for changes in buffer again. */ 2310 i = curbuf->b_mod_set; 2311 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; 2312 win_update(curwin); 2313 must_redraw = 0; 2314 curbuf->b_mod_set = i; 2315 } 2316 recursive = FALSE; 2317 } 2318 } 2319 2320 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 2321 /* restore got_int, unless CTRL-C was hit while redrawing */ 2322 if (!got_int) 2323 got_int = save_got_int; 2324 #endif 2325 } 2326 2327 /* 2328 * Clear the rest of the window and mark the unused lines with "c1". use "c2" 2329 * as the filler character. 2330 */ 2331 static void 2332 win_draw_end( 2333 win_T *wp, 2334 int c1, 2335 int c2, 2336 int row, 2337 int endrow, 2338 hlf_T hl) 2339 { 2340 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_CMDWIN) 2341 int n = 0; 2342 # define FDC_OFF n 2343 #else 2344 # define FDC_OFF 0 2345 #endif 2346 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2347 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); 2348 #endif 2349 2350 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2351 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2352 { 2353 /* No check for cmdline window: should never be right-left. */ 2354 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2355 n = fdc; 2356 2357 if (n > 0) 2358 { 2359 /* draw the fold column at the right */ 2360 if (n > wp->w_width) 2361 n = wp->w_width; 2362 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2363 W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2364 ' ', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_FC)); 2365 } 2366 # endif 2367 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2368 if (signcolumn_on(wp)) 2369 { 2370 int nn = n + 2; 2371 2372 /* draw the sign column left of the fold column */ 2373 if (nn > wp->w_width) 2374 nn = wp->w_width; 2375 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2376 W_ENDCOL(wp) - nn, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, 2377 ' ', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_SC)); 2378 n = nn; 2379 } 2380 # endif 2381 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2382 wp->w_wincol, W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, 2383 c2, c2, HL_ATTR(hl)); 2384 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2385 W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, W_ENDCOL(wp) - FDC_OFF, 2386 c1, c2, HL_ATTR(hl)); 2387 } 2388 else 2389 #endif 2390 { 2391 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 2392 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 2393 { 2394 /* draw the cmdline character in the leftmost column */ 2395 n = 1; 2396 if (n > wp->w_width) 2397 n = wp->w_width; 2398 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2399 wp->w_wincol, (int)wp->w_wincol + n, 2400 cmdwin_type, ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_AT)); 2401 } 2402 #endif 2403 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2404 if (fdc > 0) 2405 { 2406 int nn = n + fdc; 2407 2408 /* draw the fold column at the left */ 2409 if (nn > wp->w_width) 2410 nn = wp->w_width; 2411 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2412 wp->w_wincol + n, (int)wp->w_wincol + nn, 2413 ' ', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_FC)); 2414 n = nn; 2415 } 2416 #endif 2417 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2418 if (signcolumn_on(wp)) 2419 { 2420 int nn = n + 2; 2421 2422 /* draw the sign column after the fold column */ 2423 if (nn > wp->w_width) 2424 nn = wp->w_width; 2425 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2426 wp->w_wincol + n, (int)wp->w_wincol + nn, 2427 ' ', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_SC)); 2428 n = nn; 2429 } 2430 #endif 2431 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2432 wp->w_wincol + FDC_OFF, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2433 c1, c2, HL_ATTR(hl)); 2434 } 2435 set_empty_rows(wp, row); 2436 } 2437 2438 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2439 static int advance_color_col(int vcol, int **color_cols); 2440 2441 /* 2442 * Advance **color_cols and return TRUE when there are columns to draw. 2443 */ 2444 static int 2445 advance_color_col(int vcol, int **color_cols) 2446 { 2447 while (**color_cols >= 0 && vcol > **color_cols) 2448 ++*color_cols; 2449 return (**color_cols >= 0); 2450 } 2451 #endif 2452 2453 #if defined(FEAT_MENU) || defined(FEAT_FOLDING) 2454 /* 2455 * Copy "text" to ScreenLines using "attr". 2456 * Returns the next screen column. 2457 */ 2458 static int 2459 text_to_screenline(win_T *wp, char_u *text, int col) 2460 { 2461 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 2462 2463 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2464 if (has_mbyte) 2465 { 2466 int cells; 2467 int u8c, u8cc[MAX_MCO]; 2468 int i; 2469 int idx; 2470 int c_len; 2471 char_u *p; 2472 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2473 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 2474 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ 2475 # endif 2476 2477 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2478 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2479 idx = off; 2480 else 2481 # endif 2482 idx = off + col; 2483 2484 /* Store multibyte characters in ScreenLines[] et al. correctly. */ 2485 for (p = text; *p != NUL; ) 2486 { 2487 cells = (*mb_ptr2cells)(p); 2488 c_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); 2489 if (col + cells > wp->w_width 2490 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2491 - (wp->w_p_rl ? col : 0) 2492 # endif 2493 ) 2494 break; 2495 ScreenLines[idx] = *p; 2496 if (enc_utf8) 2497 { 2498 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(p, u8cc); 2499 if (*p < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) 2500 { 2501 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = 0; 2502 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2503 prev_c = u8c; 2504 #endif 2505 } 2506 else 2507 { 2508 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2509 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) 2510 { 2511 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 2512 int pc, pc1, nc; 2513 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; 2514 int firstbyte = *p; 2515 2516 /* The idea of what is the previous and next 2517 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ 2518 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2519 { 2520 pc = prev_c; 2521 pc1 = prev_c1; 2522 nc = utf_ptr2char(p + c_len); 2523 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; 2524 } 2525 else 2526 { 2527 pc = utfc_ptr2char(p + c_len, pcc); 2528 nc = prev_c; 2529 pc1 = pcc[0]; 2530 } 2531 prev_c = u8c; 2532 2533 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &firstbyte, &u8cc[0], 2534 pc, pc1, nc); 2535 ScreenLines[idx] = firstbyte; 2536 } 2537 else 2538 prev_c = u8c; 2539 #endif 2540 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ 2541 #ifdef UNICODE16 2542 if (u8c >= 0x10000) 2543 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = (cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; 2544 else 2545 #endif 2546 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = u8c; 2547 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 2548 { 2549 ScreenLinesC[i][idx] = u8cc[i]; 2550 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 2551 break; 2552 } 2553 } 2554 if (cells > 1) 2555 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = 0; 2556 } 2557 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e) 2558 /* double-byte single width character */ 2559 ScreenLines2[idx] = p[1]; 2560 else if (cells > 1) 2561 /* double-width character */ 2562 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = p[1]; 2563 col += cells; 2564 idx += cells; 2565 p += c_len; 2566 } 2567 } 2568 else 2569 #endif 2570 { 2571 int len = (int)STRLEN(text); 2572 2573 if (len > wp->w_width - col) 2574 len = wp->w_width - col; 2575 if (len > 0) 2576 { 2577 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2578 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2579 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine, text, len); 2580 else 2581 #endif 2582 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine + col, text, len); 2583 col += len; 2584 } 2585 } 2586 return col; 2587 } 2588 #endif 2589 2590 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2591 /* 2592 * Compute the width of the foldcolumn. Based on 'foldcolumn' and how much 2593 * space is available for window "wp", minus "col". 2594 */ 2595 static int 2596 compute_foldcolumn(win_T *wp, int col) 2597 { 2598 int fdc = wp->w_p_fdc; 2599 int wmw = wp == curwin && p_wmw == 0 ? 1 : p_wmw; 2600 int wwidth = wp->w_width; 2601 2602 if (fdc > wwidth - (col + wmw)) 2603 fdc = wwidth - (col + wmw); 2604 return fdc; 2605 } 2606 2607 /* 2608 * Display one folded line. 2609 */ 2610 static void 2611 fold_line( 2612 win_T *wp, 2613 long fold_count, 2614 foldinfo_T *foldinfo, 2615 linenr_T lnum, 2616 int row) 2617 { 2618 char_u buf[FOLD_TEXT_LEN]; 2619 pos_T *top, *bot; 2620 linenr_T lnume = lnum + fold_count - 1; 2621 int len; 2622 char_u *text; 2623 int fdc; 2624 int col; 2625 int txtcol; 2626 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 2627 int ri; 2628 2629 /* Build the fold line: 2630 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window 2631 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' 2632 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 2633 * 4. Compose the text 2634 * 5. Add the text 2635 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text 2636 */ 2637 col = 0; 2638 2639 /* 2640 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window 2641 * Ignores 'rightleft', this window is never right-left. 2642 */ 2643 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 2644 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 2645 { 2646 ScreenLines[off] = cmdwin_type; 2647 ScreenAttrs[off] = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 2648 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2649 if (enc_utf8) 2650 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 2651 #endif 2652 ++col; 2653 } 2654 #endif 2655 2656 /* 2657 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' 2658 * Reduce the width when there is not enough space. 2659 */ 2660 fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, col); 2661 if (fdc > 0) 2662 { 2663 fill_foldcolumn(buf, wp, TRUE, lnum); 2664 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2665 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2666 { 2667 int i; 2668 2669 copy_text_attr(off + wp->w_width - fdc - col, buf, fdc, 2670 HL_ATTR(HLF_FC)); 2671 /* reverse the fold column */ 2672 for (i = 0; i < fdc; ++i) 2673 ScreenLines[off + wp->w_width - i - 1 - col] = buf[i]; 2674 } 2675 else 2676 #endif 2677 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, fdc, HL_ATTR(HLF_FC)); 2678 col += fdc; 2679 } 2680 2681 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2682 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) if (wp->w_p_rl) \ 2683 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2684 ScreenAttrs[off + (wp->w_width - (p) - (l)) + ri] = v; \ 2685 else \ 2686 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2687 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v 2688 #else 2689 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2690 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v 2691 #endif 2692 2693 /* Set all attributes of the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column and the 2694 * text */ 2695 RL_MEMSET(col, HL_ATTR(HLF_FL), wp->w_width - col); 2696 2697 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2698 /* If signs are being displayed, add two spaces. */ 2699 if (signcolumn_on(wp)) 2700 { 2701 len = wp->w_width - col; 2702 if (len > 0) 2703 { 2704 if (len > 2) 2705 len = 2; 2706 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2707 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2708 /* the line number isn't reversed */ 2709 copy_text_attr(off + wp->w_width - len - col, 2710 (char_u *)" ", len, HL_ATTR(HLF_FL)); 2711 else 2712 # endif 2713 copy_text_attr(off + col, (char_u *)" ", len, HL_ATTR(HLF_FL)); 2714 col += len; 2715 } 2716 } 2717 #endif 2718 2719 /* 2720 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 2721 */ 2722 if (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) 2723 { 2724 len = wp->w_width - col; 2725 if (len > 0) 2726 { 2727 int w = number_width(wp); 2728 long num; 2729 char *fmt = "%*ld "; 2730 2731 if (len > w + 1) 2732 len = w + 1; 2733 2734 if (wp->w_p_nu && !wp->w_p_rnu) 2735 /* 'number' + 'norelativenumber' */ 2736 num = (long)lnum; 2737 else 2738 { 2739 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ 2740 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); 2741 if (num == 0 && wp->w_p_nu && wp->w_p_rnu) 2742 { 2743 /* 'number' + 'relativenumber': cursor line shows absolute 2744 * line number */ 2745 num = lnum; 2746 fmt = "%-*ld "; 2747 } 2748 } 2749 2750 sprintf((char *)buf, fmt, w, num); 2751 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2752 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2753 /* the line number isn't reversed */ 2754 copy_text_attr(off + wp->w_width - len - col, buf, len, 2755 HL_ATTR(HLF_FL)); 2756 else 2757 #endif 2758 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, len, HL_ATTR(HLF_FL)); 2759 col += len; 2760 } 2761 } 2762 2763 /* 2764 * 4. Compose the folded-line string with 'foldtext', if set. 2765 */ 2766 text = get_foldtext(wp, lnum, lnume, foldinfo, buf); 2767 2768 txtcol = col; /* remember where text starts */ 2769 2770 /* 2771 * 5. move the text to current_ScreenLine. Fill up with "fill_fold". 2772 * Right-left text is put in columns 0 - number-col, normal text is put 2773 * in columns number-col - window-width. 2774 */ 2775 col = text_to_screenline(wp, text, col); 2776 2777 /* Fill the rest of the line with the fold filler */ 2778 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2779 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2780 col -= txtcol; 2781 #endif 2782 while (col < wp->w_width 2783 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2784 - (wp->w_p_rl ? txtcol : 0) 2785 #endif 2786 ) 2787 { 2788 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2789 if (enc_utf8) 2790 { 2791 if (fill_fold >= 0x80) 2792 { 2793 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = fill_fold; 2794 ScreenLinesC[0][off + col] = 0; 2795 ScreenLines[off + col] = 0x80; /* avoid storing zero */ 2796 } 2797 else 2798 { 2799 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = 0; 2800 ScreenLines[off + col] = fill_fold; 2801 } 2802 col++; 2803 } 2804 else 2805 #endif 2806 ScreenLines[off + col++] = fill_fold; 2807 } 2808 2809 if (text != buf) 2810 vim_free(text); 2811 2812 /* 2813 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text. 2814 * If all folded lines are in the Visual area, highlight the line. 2815 */ 2816 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) 2817 { 2818 if (LTOREQ_POS(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) 2819 { 2820 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ 2821 top = &curwin->w_cursor; 2822 bot = &VIsual; 2823 } 2824 else 2825 { 2826 /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ 2827 top = &VIsual; 2828 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; 2829 } 2830 if (lnum >= top->lnum 2831 && lnume <= bot->lnum 2832 && (VIsual_mode != 'v' 2833 || ((lnum > top->lnum 2834 || (lnum == top->lnum 2835 && top->col == 0)) 2836 && (lnume < bot->lnum 2837 || (lnume == bot->lnum 2838 && (bot->col - (*p_sel == 'e')) 2839 >= (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnume, FALSE))))))) 2840 { 2841 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) 2842 { 2843 /* Visual block mode: highlight the chars part of the block */ 2844 if (wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)wp->w_width) 2845 { 2846 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lcol != MAXCOL 2847 && wp->w_old_cursor_lcol + txtcol 2848 < (colnr_T)wp->w_width) 2849 len = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; 2850 else 2851 len = wp->w_width - txtcol; 2852 RL_MEMSET(wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol, HL_ATTR(HLF_V), 2853 len - (int)wp->w_old_cursor_fcol); 2854 } 2855 } 2856 else 2857 { 2858 /* Set all attributes of the text */ 2859 RL_MEMSET(txtcol, HL_ATTR(HLF_V), wp->w_width - txtcol); 2860 } 2861 } 2862 } 2863 2864 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2865 /* Show colorcolumn in the fold line, but let cursorcolumn override it. */ 2866 if (wp->w_p_cc_cols) 2867 { 2868 int i = 0; 2869 int j = wp->w_p_cc_cols[i]; 2870 int old_txtcol = txtcol; 2871 2872 while (j > -1) 2873 { 2874 txtcol += j; 2875 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 2876 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol; 2877 else 2878 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol; 2879 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < wp->w_width) 2880 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr( 2881 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], HL_ATTR(HLF_MC)); 2882 txtcol = old_txtcol; 2883 j = wp->w_p_cc_cols[++i]; 2884 } 2885 } 2886 2887 /* Show 'cursorcolumn' in the fold line. */ 2888 if (wp->w_p_cuc) 2889 { 2890 txtcol += wp->w_virtcol; 2891 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 2892 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol; 2893 else 2894 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol; 2895 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < wp->w_width) 2896 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr( 2897 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], HL_ATTR(HLF_CUC)); 2898 } 2899 #endif 2900 2901 screen_line(row + W_WINROW(wp), wp->w_wincol, (int)wp->w_width, 2902 (int)wp->w_width, FALSE); 2903 2904 /* 2905 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was 2906 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). 2907 */ 2908 if (wp == curwin 2909 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum 2910 && lnume >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 2911 { 2912 curwin->w_cline_row = row; 2913 curwin->w_cline_height = 1; 2914 curwin->w_cline_folded = TRUE; 2915 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); 2916 } 2917 } 2918 2919 /* 2920 * Copy "buf[len]" to ScreenLines["off"] and set attributes to "attr". 2921 */ 2922 static void 2923 copy_text_attr( 2924 int off, 2925 char_u *buf, 2926 int len, 2927 int attr) 2928 { 2929 int i; 2930 2931 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off, buf, (size_t)len); 2932 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2933 if (enc_utf8) 2934 vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * (size_t)len); 2935 # endif 2936 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) 2937 ScreenAttrs[off + i] = attr; 2938 } 2939 2940 /* 2941 * Fill the foldcolumn at "p" for window "wp". 2942 * Only to be called when 'foldcolumn' > 0. 2943 */ 2944 static void 2945 fill_foldcolumn( 2946 char_u *p, 2947 win_T *wp, 2948 int closed, /* TRUE of FALSE */ 2949 linenr_T lnum) /* current line number */ 2950 { 2951 int i = 0; 2952 int level; 2953 int first_level; 2954 int empty; 2955 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); 2956 2957 /* Init to all spaces. */ 2958 vim_memset(p, ' ', (size_t)fdc); 2959 2960 level = win_foldinfo.fi_level; 2961 if (level > 0) 2962 { 2963 /* If there is only one column put more info in it. */ 2964 empty = (fdc == 1) ? 0 : 1; 2965 2966 /* If the column is too narrow, we start at the lowest level that 2967 * fits and use numbers to indicated the depth. */ 2968 first_level = level - fdc - closed + 1 + empty; 2969 if (first_level < 1) 2970 first_level = 1; 2971 2972 for (i = 0; i + empty < fdc; ++i) 2973 { 2974 if (win_foldinfo.fi_lnum == lnum 2975 && first_level + i >= win_foldinfo.fi_low_level) 2976 p[i] = '-'; 2977 else if (first_level == 1) 2978 p[i] = '|'; 2979 else if (first_level + i <= 9) 2980 p[i] = '0' + first_level + i; 2981 else 2982 p[i] = '>'; 2983 if (first_level + i == level) 2984 break; 2985 } 2986 } 2987 if (closed) 2988 p[i >= fdc ? i - 1 : i] = '+'; 2989 } 2990 #endif /* FEAT_FOLDING */ 2991 2992 /* 2993 * Display line "lnum" of window 'wp' on the screen. 2994 * Start at row "startrow", stop when "endrow" is reached. 2995 * wp->w_virtcol needs to be valid. 2996 * 2997 * Return the number of last row the line occupies. 2998 */ 2999 static int 3000 win_line( 3001 win_T *wp, 3002 linenr_T lnum, 3003 int startrow, 3004 int endrow, 3005 int nochange UNUSED) /* not updating for changed text */ 3006 { 3007 int col = 0; /* visual column on screen */ 3008 unsigned off; /* offset in ScreenLines/ScreenAttrs */ 3009 int c = 0; /* init for GCC */ 3010 long vcol = 0; /* virtual column (for tabs) */ 3011 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3012 long vcol_sbr = -1; /* virtual column after showbreak */ 3013 #endif 3014 long vcol_prev = -1; /* "vcol" of previous character */ 3015 char_u *line; /* current line */ 3016 char_u *ptr; /* current position in "line" */ 3017 int row; /* row in the window, excl w_winrow */ 3018 int screen_row; /* row on the screen, incl w_winrow */ 3019 3020 char_u extra[18]; /* "%ld" and 'fdc' must fit in here */ 3021 int n_extra = 0; /* number of extra chars */ 3022 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* string of extra chars, plus NUL */ 3023 char_u *p_extra_free = NULL; /* p_extra needs to be freed */ 3024 int c_extra = NUL; /* extra chars, all the same */ 3025 int extra_attr = 0; /* attributes when n_extra != 0 */ 3026 static char_u *at_end_str = (char_u *)""; /* used for p_extra when 3027 displaying lcs_eol at end-of-line */ 3028 int lcs_eol_one = lcs_eol; /* lcs_eol until it's been used */ 3029 int lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; /* lcs_prec until it's been used */ 3030 3031 /* saved "extra" items for when draw_state becomes WL_LINE (again) */ 3032 int saved_n_extra = 0; 3033 char_u *saved_p_extra = NULL; 3034 int saved_c_extra = 0; 3035 int saved_char_attr = 0; 3036 3037 int n_attr = 0; /* chars with special attr */ 3038 int saved_attr2 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr */ 3039 int n_attr3 = 0; /* chars with overruling special attr */ 3040 int saved_attr3 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr3 */ 3041 3042 int n_skip = 0; /* nr of chars to skip for 'nowrap' */ 3043 3044 int fromcol, tocol; /* start/end of inverting */ 3045 int fromcol_prev = -2; /* start of inverting after cursor */ 3046 int noinvcur = FALSE; /* don't invert the cursor */ 3047 pos_T *top, *bot; 3048 int lnum_in_visual_area = FALSE; 3049 pos_T pos; 3050 long v; 3051 3052 int char_attr = 0; /* attributes for next character */ 3053 int attr_pri = FALSE; /* char_attr has priority */ 3054 int area_highlighting = FALSE; /* Visual or incsearch highlighting 3055 in this line */ 3056 int attr = 0; /* attributes for area highlighting */ 3057 int area_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by highlighting */ 3058 int search_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by 'hlsearch' */ 3059 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3060 int vcol_save_attr = 0; /* saved attr for 'cursorcolumn' */ 3061 int syntax_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by syntax */ 3062 int has_syntax = FALSE; /* this buffer has syntax highl. */ 3063 int save_did_emsg; 3064 int eol_hl_off = 0; /* 1 if highlighted char after EOL */ 3065 int draw_color_col = FALSE; /* highlight colorcolumn */ 3066 int *color_cols = NULL; /* pointer to according columns array */ 3067 #endif 3068 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3069 int has_spell = FALSE; /* this buffer has spell checking */ 3070 # define SPWORDLEN 150 3071 char_u nextline[SPWORDLEN * 2];/* text with start of the next line */ 3072 int nextlinecol = 0; /* column where nextline[] starts */ 3073 int nextline_idx = 0; /* index in nextline[] where next line 3074 starts */ 3075 int spell_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by spelling */ 3076 int word_end = 0; /* last byte with same spell_attr */ 3077 static linenr_T checked_lnum = 0; /* line number for "checked_col" */ 3078 static int checked_col = 0; /* column in "checked_lnum" up to which 3079 * there are no spell errors */ 3080 static int cap_col = -1; /* column to check for Cap word */ 3081 static linenr_T capcol_lnum = 0; /* line number where "cap_col" used */ 3082 int cur_checked_col = 0; /* checked column for current line */ 3083 #endif 3084 int extra_check; /* has syntax or linebreak */ 3085 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3086 int multi_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by multibyte */ 3087 int mb_l = 1; /* multi-byte byte length */ 3088 int mb_c = 0; /* decoded multi-byte character */ 3089 int mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* screen char is UTF-8 char */ 3090 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing UTF-8 chars */ 3091 #endif 3092 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3093 int filler_lines; /* nr of filler lines to be drawn */ 3094 int filler_todo; /* nr of filler lines still to do + 1 */ 3095 hlf_T diff_hlf = (hlf_T)0; /* type of diff highlighting */ 3096 int change_start = MAXCOL; /* first col of changed area */ 3097 int change_end = -1; /* last col of changed area */ 3098 #endif 3099 colnr_T trailcol = MAXCOL; /* start of trailing spaces */ 3100 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3101 int need_showbreak = FALSE; /* overlong line, skipping first x 3102 chars */ 3103 #endif 3104 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) \ 3105 || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 3106 # define LINE_ATTR 3107 int line_attr = 0; /* attribute for the whole line */ 3108 #endif 3109 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 3110 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ 3111 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ 3112 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl 3113 has been processed or not */ 3114 int pos_inprogress; /* marks that position match search is 3115 in progress */ 3116 int prevcol_hl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether prevcol 3117 equals startcol of search_hl or one 3118 of the matches */ 3119 #endif 3120 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 3121 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 3122 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ 3123 #endif 3124 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) 3125 int did_line_attr = 0; 3126 #endif 3127 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 3128 int get_term_attr = FALSE; 3129 int term_attr = 0; /* background for terminal window */ 3130 #endif 3131 3132 /* draw_state: items that are drawn in sequence: */ 3133 #define WL_START 0 /* nothing done yet */ 3134 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 3135 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START + 1 /* cmdline window column */ 3136 #else 3137 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START 3138 #endif 3139 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 3140 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE + 1 /* 'foldcolumn' */ 3141 #else 3142 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE 3143 #endif 3144 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3145 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD + 1 /* column for signs */ 3146 #else 3147 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD /* column for signs */ 3148 #endif 3149 #define WL_NR WL_SIGN + 1 /* line number */ 3150 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3151 # define WL_BRI WL_NR + 1 /* 'breakindent' */ 3152 #else 3153 # define WL_BRI WL_NR 3154 #endif 3155 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 3156 # define WL_SBR WL_BRI + 1 /* 'showbreak' or 'diff' */ 3157 #else 3158 # define WL_SBR WL_BRI 3159 #endif 3160 #define WL_LINE WL_SBR + 1 /* text in the line */ 3161 int draw_state = WL_START; /* what to draw next */ 3162 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) 3163 int feedback_col = 0; 3164 int feedback_old_attr = -1; 3165 #endif 3166 3167 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 3168 int syntax_flags = 0; 3169 int syntax_seqnr = 0; 3170 int prev_syntax_id = 0; 3171 int conceal_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_CONCEAL); 3172 int is_concealing = FALSE; 3173 int boguscols = 0; /* nonexistent columns added to force 3174 wrapping */ 3175 int vcol_off = 0; /* offset for concealed characters */ 3176 int did_wcol = FALSE; 3177 int match_conc = 0; /* cchar for match functions */ 3178 int has_match_conc = 0; /* match wants to conceal */ 3179 int old_boguscols = 0; 3180 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol - vcol_off) 3181 # define FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS \ 3182 { \ 3183 n_extra += vcol_off; \ 3184 vcol -= vcol_off; \ 3185 vcol_off = 0; \ 3186 col -= boguscols; \ 3187 old_boguscols = boguscols; \ 3188 boguscols = 0; \ 3189 } 3190 #else 3191 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol) 3192 #endif 3193 3194 if (startrow > endrow) /* past the end already! */ 3195 return startrow; 3196 3197 row = startrow; 3198 screen_row = row + W_WINROW(wp); 3199 3200 /* 3201 * To speed up the loop below, set extra_check when there is linebreak, 3202 * trailing white space and/or syntax processing to be done. 3203 */ 3204 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3205 extra_check = wp->w_p_lbr; 3206 #else 3207 extra_check = 0; 3208 #endif 3209 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3210 if (syntax_present(wp) && !wp->w_s->b_syn_error 3211 # ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 3212 && !wp->w_s->b_syn_slow 3213 # endif 3214 ) 3215 { 3216 /* Prepare for syntax highlighting in this line. When there is an 3217 * error, stop syntax highlighting. */ 3218 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 3219 did_emsg = FALSE; 3220 syntax_start(wp, lnum); 3221 if (did_emsg) 3222 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; 3223 else 3224 { 3225 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 3226 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 3227 if (!wp->w_s->b_syn_slow) 3228 #endif 3229 { 3230 has_syntax = TRUE; 3231 extra_check = TRUE; 3232 } 3233 } 3234 } 3235 3236 /* Check for columns to display for 'colorcolumn'. */ 3237 color_cols = wp->w_p_cc_cols; 3238 if (color_cols != NULL) 3239 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); 3240 #endif 3241 3242 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 3243 if (term_show_buffer(wp->w_buffer)) 3244 { 3245 extra_check = TRUE; 3246 get_term_attr = TRUE; 3247 term_attr = term_get_attr(wp->w_buffer, lnum, -1); 3248 } 3249 #endif 3250 3251 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3252 if (wp->w_p_spell 3253 && *wp->w_s->b_p_spl != NUL 3254 && wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_len > 0 3255 && *(char **)(wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_data) != NULL) 3256 { 3257 /* Prepare for spell checking. */ 3258 has_spell = TRUE; 3259 extra_check = TRUE; 3260 3261 /* Get the start of the next line, so that words that wrap to the next 3262 * line are found too: "et<line-break>al.". 3263 * Trick: skip a few chars for C/shell/Vim comments */ 3264 nextline[SPWORDLEN] = NUL; 3265 if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) 3266 { 3267 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum + 1, FALSE); 3268 spell_cat_line(nextline + SPWORDLEN, line, SPWORDLEN); 3269 } 3270 3271 /* When a word wrapped from the previous line the start of the current 3272 * line is valid. */ 3273 if (lnum == checked_lnum) 3274 cur_checked_col = checked_col; 3275 checked_lnum = 0; 3276 3277 /* When there was a sentence end in the previous line may require a 3278 * word starting with capital in this line. In line 1 always check 3279 * the first word. */ 3280 if (lnum != capcol_lnum) 3281 cap_col = -1; 3282 if (lnum == 1) 3283 cap_col = 0; 3284 capcol_lnum = 0; 3285 } 3286 #endif 3287 3288 /* 3289 * handle visual active in this window 3290 */ 3291 fromcol = -10; 3292 tocol = MAXCOL; 3293 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) 3294 { 3295 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ 3296 if (LTOREQ_POS(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) 3297 { 3298 top = &curwin->w_cursor; 3299 bot = &VIsual; 3300 } 3301 else /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ 3302 { 3303 top = &VIsual; 3304 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; 3305 } 3306 lnum_in_visual_area = (lnum >= top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum); 3307 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) /* block mode */ 3308 { 3309 if (lnum_in_visual_area) 3310 { 3311 fromcol = wp->w_old_cursor_fcol; 3312 tocol = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; 3313 } 3314 } 3315 else /* non-block mode */ 3316 { 3317 if (lnum > top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum) 3318 fromcol = 0; 3319 else if (lnum == top->lnum) 3320 { 3321 if (VIsual_mode == 'V') /* linewise */ 3322 fromcol = 0; 3323 else 3324 { 3325 getvvcol(wp, top, (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); 3326 if (gchar_pos(top) == NUL) 3327 tocol = fromcol + 1; 3328 } 3329 } 3330 if (VIsual_mode != 'V' && lnum == bot->lnum) 3331 { 3332 if (*p_sel == 'e' && bot->col == 0 3333 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 3334 && bot->coladd == 0 3335 #endif 3336 ) 3337 { 3338 fromcol = -10; 3339 tocol = MAXCOL; 3340 } 3341 else if (bot->col == MAXCOL) 3342 tocol = MAXCOL; 3343 else 3344 { 3345 pos = *bot; 3346 if (*p_sel == 'e') 3347 getvvcol(wp, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); 3348 else 3349 { 3350 getvvcol(wp, &pos, NULL, NULL, (colnr_T *)&tocol); 3351 ++tocol; 3352 } 3353 } 3354 } 3355 } 3356 3357 /* Check if the character under the cursor should not be inverted */ 3358 if (!highlight_match && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && wp == curwin 3359 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 3360 && !gui.in_use 3361 #endif 3362 ) 3363 noinvcur = TRUE; 3364 3365 /* if inverting in this line set area_highlighting */ 3366 if (fromcol >= 0) 3367 { 3368 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3369 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_V); 3370 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11) 3371 if ((clip_star.available && !clip_star.owned 3372 && clip_isautosel_star()) 3373 || (clip_plus.available && !clip_plus.owned 3374 && clip_isautosel_plus())) 3375 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_VNC); 3376 #endif 3377 } 3378 } 3379 3380 /* 3381 * handle 'incsearch' and ":s///c" highlighting 3382 */ 3383 else if (highlight_match 3384 && wp == curwin 3385 && lnum >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum 3386 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) 3387 { 3388 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 3389 getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor), 3390 (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); 3391 else 3392 fromcol = 0; 3393 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) 3394 { 3395 pos.lnum = lnum; 3396 pos.col = search_match_endcol; 3397 getvcol(curwin, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); 3398 } 3399 else 3400 tocol = MAXCOL; 3401 /* do at least one character; happens when past end of line */ 3402 if (fromcol == tocol) 3403 tocol = fromcol + 1; 3404 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3405 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_I); 3406 } 3407 3408 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3409 filler_lines = diff_check(wp, lnum); 3410 if (filler_lines < 0) 3411 { 3412 if (filler_lines == -1) 3413 { 3414 if (diff_find_change(wp, lnum, &change_start, &change_end)) 3415 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ 3416 else if (change_start == 0) 3417 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ 3418 else 3419 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ 3420 } 3421 else 3422 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ 3423 filler_lines = 0; 3424 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3425 } 3426 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) 3427 filler_lines = wp->w_topfill; 3428 filler_todo = filler_lines; 3429 #endif 3430 3431 #ifdef LINE_ATTR 3432 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3433 /* If this line has a sign with line highlighting set line_attr. */ 3434 v = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, SIGN_LINEHL); 3435 if (v != 0) 3436 line_attr = sign_get_attr((int)v, TRUE); 3437 # endif 3438 # if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) 3439 /* Highlight the current line in the quickfix window. */ 3440 if (bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer) && qf_current_entry(wp) == lnum) 3441 line_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_QFL); 3442 # endif 3443 if (line_attr != 0) 3444 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3445 #endif 3446 3447 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3448 ptr = line; 3449 3450 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3451 if (has_spell) 3452 { 3453 /* For checking first word with a capital skip white space. */ 3454 if (cap_col == 0) 3455 cap_col = getwhitecols(line); 3456 3457 /* To be able to spell-check over line boundaries copy the end of the 3458 * current line into nextline[]. Above the start of the next line was 3459 * copied to nextline[SPWORDLEN]. */ 3460 if (nextline[SPWORDLEN] == NUL) 3461 { 3462 /* No next line or it is empty. */ 3463 nextlinecol = MAXCOL; 3464 nextline_idx = 0; 3465 } 3466 else 3467 { 3468 v = (long)STRLEN(line); 3469 if (v < SPWORDLEN) 3470 { 3471 /* Short line, use it completely and append the start of the 3472 * next line. */ 3473 nextlinecol = 0; 3474 mch_memmove(nextline, line, (size_t)v); 3475 STRMOVE(nextline + v, nextline + SPWORDLEN); 3476 nextline_idx = v + 1; 3477 } 3478 else 3479 { 3480 /* Long line, use only the last SPWORDLEN bytes. */ 3481 nextlinecol = v - SPWORDLEN; 3482 mch_memmove(nextline, line + nextlinecol, SPWORDLEN); 3483 nextline_idx = SPWORDLEN + 1; 3484 } 3485 } 3486 } 3487 #endif 3488 3489 if (wp->w_p_list) 3490 { 3491 if (lcs_space || lcs_trail) 3492 extra_check = TRUE; 3493 /* find start of trailing whitespace */ 3494 if (lcs_trail) 3495 { 3496 trailcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ptr); 3497 while (trailcol > (colnr_T)0 && VIM_ISWHITE(ptr[trailcol - 1])) 3498 --trailcol; 3499 trailcol += (colnr_T) (ptr - line); 3500 } 3501 } 3502 3503 /* 3504 * 'nowrap' or 'wrap' and a single line that doesn't fit: Advance to the 3505 * first character to be displayed. 3506 */ 3507 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 3508 v = wp->w_skipcol; 3509 else 3510 v = wp->w_leftcol; 3511 if (v > 0) 3512 { 3513 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3514 char_u *prev_ptr = ptr; 3515 #endif 3516 while (vcol < v && *ptr != NUL) 3517 { 3518 c = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, ptr, (colnr_T)vcol, NULL); 3519 vcol += c; 3520 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3521 prev_ptr = ptr; 3522 #endif 3523 MB_PTR_ADV(ptr); 3524 } 3525 3526 /* When: 3527 * - 'cuc' is set, or 3528 * - 'colorcolumn' is set, or 3529 * - 'virtualedit' is set, or 3530 * - the visual mode is active, 3531 * the end of the line may be before the start of the displayed part. 3532 */ 3533 if (vcol < v && ( 3534 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3535 wp->w_p_cuc || draw_color_col || 3536 #endif 3537 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 3538 virtual_active() || 3539 #endif 3540 (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer))) 3541 { 3542 vcol = v; 3543 } 3544 3545 /* Handle a character that's not completely on the screen: Put ptr at 3546 * that character but skip the first few screen characters. */ 3547 if (vcol > v) 3548 { 3549 vcol -= c; 3550 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3551 ptr = prev_ptr; 3552 #else 3553 --ptr; 3554 #endif 3555 /* If the character fits on the screen, don't need to skip it. 3556 * Except for a TAB. */ 3557 if (( 3558 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3559 (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) >= c || 3560 #endif 3561 *ptr == TAB) && col == 0) 3562 n_skip = v - vcol; 3563 } 3564 3565 /* 3566 * Adjust for when the inverted text is before the screen, 3567 * and when the start of the inverted text is before the screen. 3568 */ 3569 if (tocol <= vcol) 3570 fromcol = 0; 3571 else if (fromcol >= 0 && fromcol < vcol) 3572 fromcol = vcol; 3573 3574 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3575 /* When w_skipcol is non-zero, first line needs 'showbreak' */ 3576 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 3577 need_showbreak = TRUE; 3578 #endif 3579 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3580 /* When spell checking a word we need to figure out the start of the 3581 * word and if it's badly spelled or not. */ 3582 if (has_spell) 3583 { 3584 int len; 3585 colnr_T linecol = (colnr_T)(ptr - line); 3586 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 3587 3588 pos = wp->w_cursor; 3589 wp->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 3590 wp->w_cursor.col = linecol; 3591 len = spell_move_to(wp, FORWARD, TRUE, TRUE, &spell_hlf); 3592 3593 /* spell_move_to() may call ml_get() and make "line" invalid */ 3594 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3595 ptr = line + linecol; 3596 3597 if (len == 0 || (int)wp->w_cursor.col > ptr - line) 3598 { 3599 /* no bad word found at line start, don't check until end of a 3600 * word */ 3601 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 3602 word_end = (int)(spell_to_word_end(ptr, wp) - line + 1); 3603 } 3604 else 3605 { 3606 /* bad word found, use attributes until end of word */ 3607 word_end = wp->w_cursor.col + len + 1; 3608 3609 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ 3610 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) 3611 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; 3612 } 3613 wp->w_cursor = pos; 3614 3615 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3616 /* Need to restart syntax highlighting for this line. */ 3617 if (has_syntax) 3618 syntax_start(wp, lnum); 3619 # endif 3620 } 3621 #endif 3622 } 3623 3624 /* 3625 * Correct highlighting for cursor that can't be disabled. 3626 * Avoids having to check this for each character. 3627 */ 3628 if (fromcol >= 0) 3629 { 3630 if (noinvcur) 3631 { 3632 if ((colnr_T)fromcol == wp->w_virtcol) 3633 { 3634 /* highlighting starts at cursor, let it start just after the 3635 * cursor */ 3636 fromcol_prev = fromcol; 3637 fromcol = -1; 3638 } 3639 else if ((colnr_T)fromcol < wp->w_virtcol) 3640 /* restart highlighting after the cursor */ 3641 fromcol_prev = wp->w_virtcol; 3642 } 3643 if (fromcol >= tocol) 3644 fromcol = -1; 3645 } 3646 3647 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 3648 /* 3649 * Handle highlighting the last used search pattern and matches. 3650 * Do this for both search_hl and the match list. 3651 */ 3652 cur = wp->w_match_head; 3653 shl_flag = FALSE; 3654 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 3655 { 3656 if (shl_flag == FALSE) 3657 { 3658 shl = &search_hl; 3659 shl_flag = TRUE; 3660 } 3661 else 3662 shl = &cur->hl; 3663 shl->startcol = MAXCOL; 3664 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 3665 shl->attr_cur = 0; 3666 shl->is_addpos = FALSE; 3667 v = (long)(ptr - line); 3668 if (cur != NULL) 3669 cur->pos.cur = 0; 3670 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v, 3671 shl == &search_hl ? NULL : cur); 3672 3673 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may have made it 3674 * invalid. */ 3675 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3676 ptr = line + v; 3677 3678 if (shl->lnum != 0 && shl->lnum <= lnum) 3679 { 3680 if (shl->lnum == lnum) 3681 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 3682 else 3683 shl->startcol = 0; 3684 if (lnum == shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum 3685 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum) 3686 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 3687 else 3688 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 3689 /* Highlight one character for an empty match. */ 3690 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) 3691 { 3692 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3693 if (has_mbyte && line[shl->endcol] != NUL) 3694 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line + shl->endcol); 3695 else 3696 #endif 3697 ++shl->endcol; 3698 } 3699 if ((long)shl->startcol < v) /* match at leftcol */ 3700 { 3701 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; 3702 search_attr = shl->attr; 3703 } 3704 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3705 } 3706 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 3707 cur = cur->next; 3708 } 3709 #endif 3710 3711 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3712 /* Cursor line highlighting for 'cursorline' in the current window. Not 3713 * when Visual mode is active, because it's not clear what is selected 3714 * then. */ 3715 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 3716 && !(wp == curwin && VIsual_active)) 3717 { 3718 line_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL); 3719 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3720 } 3721 #endif 3722 3723 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 3724 col = 0; 3725 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3726 if (wp->w_p_rl) 3727 { 3728 /* Rightleft window: process the text in the normal direction, but put 3729 * it in current_ScreenLine[] from right to left. Start at the 3730 * rightmost column of the window. */ 3731 col = wp->w_width - 1; 3732 off += col; 3733 } 3734 #endif 3735 3736 /* 3737 * Repeat for the whole displayed line. 3738 */ 3739 for (;;) 3740 { 3741 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 3742 has_match_conc = 0; 3743 #endif 3744 /* Skip this quickly when working on the text. */ 3745 if (draw_state != WL_LINE) 3746 { 3747 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 3748 if (draw_state == WL_CMDLINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3749 { 3750 draw_state = WL_CMDLINE; 3751 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 3752 { 3753 /* Draw the cmdline character. */ 3754 n_extra = 1; 3755 c_extra = cmdwin_type; 3756 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 3757 } 3758 } 3759 #endif 3760 3761 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 3762 if (draw_state == WL_FOLD - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3763 { 3764 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); 3765 3766 draw_state = WL_FOLD; 3767 if (fdc > 0) 3768 { 3769 /* Draw the 'foldcolumn'. Allocate a buffer, "extra" may 3770 * already be in use. */ 3771 vim_free(p_extra_free); 3772 p_extra_free = alloc(12 + 1); 3773 3774 if (p_extra_free != NULL) 3775 { 3776 fill_foldcolumn(p_extra_free, wp, FALSE, lnum); 3777 n_extra = fdc; 3778 p_extra_free[n_extra] = NUL; 3779 p_extra = p_extra_free; 3780 c_extra = NUL; 3781 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_FC); 3782 } 3783 } 3784 } 3785 #endif 3786 3787 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3788 if (draw_state == WL_SIGN - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3789 { 3790 draw_state = WL_SIGN; 3791 /* Show the sign column when there are any signs in this 3792 * buffer or when using Netbeans. */ 3793 if (signcolumn_on(wp)) 3794 { 3795 int text_sign; 3796 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 3797 int icon_sign; 3798 # endif 3799 3800 /* Draw two cells with the sign value or blank. */ 3801 c_extra = ' '; 3802 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_SC); 3803 n_extra = 2; 3804 3805 if (row == startrow 3806 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3807 + filler_lines && filler_todo <= 0 3808 #endif 3809 ) 3810 { 3811 text_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, 3812 SIGN_TEXT); 3813 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 3814 icon_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, 3815 SIGN_ICON); 3816 if (gui.in_use && icon_sign != 0) 3817 { 3818 /* Use the image in this position. */ 3819 c_extra = SIGN_BYTE; 3820 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 3821 if (buf_signcount(wp->w_buffer, lnum) > 1) 3822 c_extra = MULTISIGN_BYTE; 3823 # endif 3824 char_attr = icon_sign; 3825 } 3826 else 3827 # endif 3828 if (text_sign != 0) 3829 { 3830 p_extra = sign_get_text(text_sign); 3831 if (p_extra != NULL) 3832 { 3833 c_extra = NUL; 3834 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); 3835 } 3836 char_attr = sign_get_attr(text_sign, FALSE); 3837 } 3838 } 3839 } 3840 } 3841 #endif 3842 3843 if (draw_state == WL_NR - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3844 { 3845 draw_state = WL_NR; 3846 /* Display the absolute or relative line number. After the 3847 * first fill with blanks when the 'n' flag isn't in 'cpo' */ 3848 if ((wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) 3849 && (row == startrow 3850 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3851 + filler_lines 3852 #endif 3853 || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL)) 3854 { 3855 /* Draw the line number (empty space after wrapping). */ 3856 if (row == startrow 3857 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3858 + filler_lines 3859 #endif 3860 ) 3861 { 3862 long num; 3863 char *fmt = "%*ld "; 3864 3865 if (wp->w_p_nu && !wp->w_p_rnu) 3866 /* 'number' + 'norelativenumber' */ 3867 num = (long)lnum; 3868 else 3869 { 3870 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ 3871 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); 3872 if (num == 0 && wp->w_p_nu && wp->w_p_rnu) 3873 { 3874 /* 'number' + 'relativenumber' */ 3875 num = lnum; 3876 fmt = "%-*ld "; 3877 } 3878 } 3879 3880 sprintf((char *)extra, fmt, 3881 number_width(wp), num); 3882 if (wp->w_skipcol > 0) 3883 for (p_extra = extra; *p_extra == ' '; ++p_extra) 3884 *p_extra = '-'; 3885 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3886 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse line numbers */ 3887 rl_mirror(extra); 3888 #endif 3889 p_extra = extra; 3890 c_extra = NUL; 3891 } 3892 else 3893 c_extra = ' '; 3894 n_extra = number_width(wp) + 1; 3895 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_N); 3896 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3897 /* When 'cursorline' is set highlight the line number of 3898 * the current line differently. 3899 * TODO: Can we use CursorLine instead of CursorLineNr 3900 * when CursorLineNr isn't set? */ 3901 if ((wp->w_p_cul || wp->w_p_rnu) 3902 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 3903 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_CLN); 3904 #endif 3905 } 3906 } 3907 3908 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3909 if (wp->w_p_brisbr && draw_state == WL_BRI - 1 3910 && n_extra == 0 && *p_sbr != NUL) 3911 /* draw indent after showbreak value */ 3912 draw_state = WL_BRI; 3913 else if (wp->w_p_brisbr && draw_state == WL_SBR && n_extra == 0) 3914 /* After the showbreak, draw the breakindent */ 3915 draw_state = WL_BRI - 1; 3916 3917 /* draw 'breakindent': indent wrapped text accordingly */ 3918 if (draw_state == WL_BRI - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3919 { 3920 draw_state = WL_BRI; 3921 /* if need_showbreak is set, breakindent also applies */ 3922 if (wp->w_p_bri && n_extra == 0 3923 && (row != startrow || need_showbreak) 3924 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3925 && filler_lines == 0 3926 # endif 3927 ) 3928 { 3929 char_attr = 0; 3930 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3931 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) 3932 { 3933 char_attr = HL_ATTR(diff_hlf); 3934 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3935 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 3936 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 3937 HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 3938 # endif 3939 } 3940 # endif 3941 p_extra = NULL; 3942 c_extra = ' '; 3943 n_extra = get_breakindent_win(wp, 3944 ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE)); 3945 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'breakindent', 3946 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ 3947 if (tocol == vcol) 3948 tocol += n_extra; 3949 } 3950 } 3951 #endif 3952 3953 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 3954 if (draw_state == WL_SBR - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3955 { 3956 draw_state = WL_SBR; 3957 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3958 if (filler_todo > 0) 3959 { 3960 /* Draw "deleted" diff line(s). */ 3961 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) 3962 c_extra = '-'; 3963 else 3964 c_extra = fill_diff; 3965 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3966 if (wp->w_p_rl) 3967 n_extra = col + 1; 3968 else 3969 # endif 3970 n_extra = wp->w_width - col; 3971 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_DED); 3972 } 3973 # endif 3974 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3975 if (*p_sbr != NUL && need_showbreak) 3976 { 3977 /* Draw 'showbreak' at the start of each broken line. */ 3978 p_extra = p_sbr; 3979 c_extra = NUL; 3980 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_sbr); 3981 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 3982 need_showbreak = FALSE; 3983 vcol_sbr = vcol + MB_CHARLEN(p_sbr); 3984 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'showbreak', 3985 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ 3986 if (tocol == vcol) 3987 tocol += n_extra; 3988 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3989 /* combine 'showbreak' with 'cursorline' */ 3990 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 3991 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 3992 HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 3993 #endif 3994 } 3995 # endif 3996 } 3997 #endif 3998 3999 if (draw_state == WL_LINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) 4000 { 4001 draw_state = WL_LINE; 4002 if (saved_n_extra) 4003 { 4004 /* Continue item from end of wrapped line. */ 4005 n_extra = saved_n_extra; 4006 c_extra = saved_c_extra; 4007 p_extra = saved_p_extra; 4008 char_attr = saved_char_attr; 4009 } 4010 else 4011 char_attr = 0; 4012 } 4013 } 4014 4015 /* When still displaying '$' of change command, stop at cursor */ 4016 if (dollar_vcol >= 0 && wp == curwin 4017 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && vcol >= (long)wp->w_virtcol 4018 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4019 && filler_todo <= 0 4020 #endif 4021 ) 4022 { 4023 screen_line(screen_row, wp->w_wincol, col, -(int)wp->w_width, 4024 HAS_RIGHTLEFT(wp->w_p_rl)); 4025 /* Pretend we have finished updating the window. Except when 4026 * 'cursorcolumn' is set. */ 4027 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4028 if (wp->w_p_cuc) 4029 row = wp->w_cline_row + wp->w_cline_height; 4030 else 4031 #endif 4032 row = wp->w_height; 4033 break; 4034 } 4035 4036 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && area_highlighting) 4037 { 4038 /* handle Visual or match highlighting in this line */ 4039 if (vcol == fromcol 4040 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4041 || (has_mbyte && vcol + 1 == fromcol && n_extra == 0 4042 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) > 1) 4043 #endif 4044 || ((int)vcol_prev == fromcol_prev 4045 && vcol_prev < vcol /* not at margin */ 4046 && vcol < tocol)) 4047 area_attr = attr; /* start highlighting */ 4048 else if (area_attr != 0 4049 && (vcol == tocol 4050 || (noinvcur && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) 4051 area_attr = 0; /* stop highlighting */ 4052 4053 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 4054 if (!n_extra) 4055 { 4056 /* 4057 * Check for start/end of search pattern match. 4058 * After end, check for start/end of next match. 4059 * When another match, have to check for start again. 4060 * Watch out for matching an empty string! 4061 * Do this for 'search_hl' and the match list (ordered by 4062 * priority). 4063 */ 4064 v = (long)(ptr - line); 4065 cur = wp->w_match_head; 4066 shl_flag = FALSE; 4067 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 4068 { 4069 if (shl_flag == FALSE 4070 && ((cur != NULL 4071 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) 4072 || cur == NULL)) 4073 { 4074 shl = &search_hl; 4075 shl_flag = TRUE; 4076 } 4077 else 4078 shl = &cur->hl; 4079 if (cur != NULL) 4080 cur->pos.cur = 0; 4081 pos_inprogress = TRUE; 4082 while (shl->rm.regprog != NULL 4083 || (cur != NULL && pos_inprogress)) 4084 { 4085 if (shl->startcol != MAXCOL 4086 && v >= (long)shl->startcol 4087 && v < (long)shl->endcol) 4088 { 4089 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4090 int tmp_col = v + MB_PTR2LEN(ptr); 4091 4092 if (shl->endcol < tmp_col) 4093 shl->endcol = tmp_col; 4094 #endif 4095 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; 4096 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4097 if (cur != NULL && syn_name2id((char_u *)"Conceal") 4098 == cur->hlg_id) 4099 { 4100 has_match_conc = 4101 v == (long)shl->startcol ? 2 : 1; 4102 match_conc = cur->conceal_char; 4103 } 4104 else 4105 has_match_conc = match_conc = 0; 4106 #endif 4107 } 4108 else if (v == (long)shl->endcol) 4109 { 4110 shl->attr_cur = 0; 4111 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v, 4112 shl == &search_hl ? NULL : cur); 4113 pos_inprogress = cur == NULL || cur->pos.cur == 0 4114 ? FALSE : TRUE; 4115 4116 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp 4117 * may have made it invalid. */ 4118 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 4119 ptr = line + v; 4120 4121 if (shl->lnum == lnum) 4122 { 4123 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 4124 if (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0) 4125 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 4126 else 4127 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 4128 4129 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) 4130 { 4131 /* highlight empty match, try again after 4132 * it */ 4133 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4134 if (has_mbyte) 4135 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line 4136 + shl->endcol); 4137 else 4138 #endif 4139 ++shl->endcol; 4140 } 4141 4142 /* Loop to check if the match starts at the 4143 * current position */ 4144 continue; 4145 } 4146 } 4147 break; 4148 } 4149 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 4150 cur = cur->next; 4151 } 4152 4153 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among 4154 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ 4155 search_attr = search_hl.attr_cur; 4156 cur = wp->w_match_head; 4157 shl_flag = FALSE; 4158 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 4159 { 4160 if (shl_flag == FALSE 4161 && ((cur != NULL 4162 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) 4163 || cur == NULL)) 4164 { 4165 shl = &search_hl; 4166 shl_flag = TRUE; 4167 } 4168 else 4169 shl = &cur->hl; 4170 if (shl->attr_cur != 0) 4171 search_attr = shl->attr_cur; 4172 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 4173 cur = cur->next; 4174 } 4175 /* Only highlight one character after the last column. */ 4176 if (*ptr == NUL && (did_line_attr >= 1 4177 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol_one == -1))) 4178 search_attr = 0; 4179 } 4180 #endif 4181 4182 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4183 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) 4184 { 4185 if (diff_hlf == HLF_CHD && ptr - line >= change_start 4186 && n_extra == 0) 4187 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ 4188 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD && ptr - line > change_end 4189 && n_extra == 0) 4190 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ 4191 line_attr = HL_ATTR(diff_hlf); 4192 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 4193 line_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 4194 } 4195 #endif 4196 4197 /* Decide which of the highlight attributes to use. */ 4198 attr_pri = TRUE; 4199 #ifdef LINE_ATTR 4200 if (area_attr != 0) 4201 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, area_attr); 4202 else if (search_attr != 0) 4203 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, search_attr); 4204 /* Use line_attr when not in the Visual or 'incsearch' area 4205 * (area_attr may be 0 when "noinvcur" is set). */ 4206 else if (line_attr != 0 && ((fromcol == -10 && tocol == MAXCOL) 4207 || vcol < fromcol || vcol_prev < fromcol_prev 4208 || vcol >= tocol)) 4209 char_attr = line_attr; 4210 #else 4211 if (area_attr != 0) 4212 char_attr = area_attr; 4213 else if (search_attr != 0) 4214 char_attr = search_attr; 4215 #endif 4216 else 4217 { 4218 attr_pri = FALSE; 4219 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4220 if (has_syntax) 4221 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4222 else 4223 #endif 4224 char_attr = 0; 4225 } 4226 } 4227 4228 /* 4229 * Get the next character to put on the screen. 4230 */ 4231 /* 4232 * The "p_extra" points to the extra stuff that is inserted to 4233 * represent special characters (non-printable stuff) and other 4234 * things. When all characters are the same, c_extra is used. 4235 * "p_extra" must end in a NUL to avoid mb_ptr2len() reads past 4236 * "p_extra[n_extra]". 4237 * For the '$' of the 'list' option, n_extra == 1, p_extra == "". 4238 */ 4239 if (n_extra > 0) 4240 { 4241 if (c_extra != NUL) 4242 { 4243 c = c_extra; 4244 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4245 mb_c = c; /* doesn't handle non-utf-8 multi-byte! */ 4246 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 4247 { 4248 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4249 u8cc[0] = 0; 4250 c = 0xc0; 4251 } 4252 else 4253 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4254 #endif 4255 } 4256 else 4257 { 4258 c = *p_extra; 4259 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4260 if (has_mbyte) 4261 { 4262 mb_c = c; 4263 if (enc_utf8) 4264 { 4265 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: 4266 * Decode it into "mb_c". */ 4267 mb_l = utfc_ptr2len(p_extra); 4268 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4269 if (mb_l > n_extra) 4270 mb_l = 1; 4271 else if (mb_l > 1) 4272 { 4273 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(p_extra, u8cc); 4274 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4275 c = 0xc0; 4276 } 4277 } 4278 else 4279 { 4280 /* if this is a DBCS character, put it in "mb_c" */ 4281 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); 4282 if (mb_l >= n_extra) 4283 mb_l = 1; 4284 else if (mb_l > 1) 4285 mb_c = (c << 8) + p_extra[1]; 4286 } 4287 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 4288 mb_l = 1; 4289 4290 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the 4291 * last column. */ 4292 if (( 4293 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4294 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : 4295 # endif 4296 (col >= wp->w_width - 1)) 4297 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) 4298 { 4299 c = '>'; 4300 mb_c = c; 4301 mb_l = 1; 4302 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4303 multi_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 4304 /* put the pointer back to output the double-width 4305 * character at the start of the next line. */ 4306 ++n_extra; 4307 --p_extra; 4308 } 4309 else 4310 { 4311 n_extra -= mb_l - 1; 4312 p_extra += mb_l - 1; 4313 } 4314 } 4315 #endif 4316 ++p_extra; 4317 } 4318 --n_extra; 4319 } 4320 else 4321 { 4322 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4323 int c0; 4324 #endif 4325 4326 if (p_extra_free != NULL) 4327 { 4328 vim_free(p_extra_free); 4329 p_extra_free = NULL; 4330 } 4331 /* 4332 * Get a character from the line itself. 4333 */ 4334 c = *ptr; 4335 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4336 c0 = *ptr; 4337 #endif 4338 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4339 if (has_mbyte) 4340 { 4341 mb_c = c; 4342 if (enc_utf8) 4343 { 4344 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: Decode it 4345 * into "mb_c". */ 4346 mb_l = utfc_ptr2len(ptr); 4347 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4348 if (mb_l > 1) 4349 { 4350 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); 4351 /* Overlong encoded ASCII or ASCII with composing char 4352 * is displayed normally, except a NUL. */ 4353 if (mb_c < 0x80) 4354 { 4355 c = mb_c; 4356 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4357 c0 = mb_c; 4358 # endif 4359 } 4360 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4361 4362 /* At start of the line we can have a composing char. 4363 * Draw it as a space with a composing char. */ 4364 if (utf_iscomposing(mb_c)) 4365 { 4366 int i; 4367 4368 for (i = Screen_mco - 1; i > 0; --i) 4369 u8cc[i] = u8cc[i - 1]; 4370 u8cc[0] = mb_c; 4371 mb_c = ' '; 4372 } 4373 } 4374 4375 if ((mb_l == 1 && c >= 0x80) 4376 || (mb_l >= 1 && mb_c == 0) 4377 || (mb_l > 1 && (!vim_isprintc(mb_c) 4378 # ifdef UNICODE16 4379 || mb_c >= 0x10000 4380 # endif 4381 ))) 4382 { 4383 /* 4384 * Illegal UTF-8 byte: display as <xx>. 4385 * Non-BMP character : display as ? or fullwidth ?. 4386 */ 4387 # ifdef UNICODE16 4388 if (mb_c < 0x10000) 4389 # endif 4390 { 4391 transchar_hex(extra, mb_c); 4392 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4393 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse */ 4394 rl_mirror(extra); 4395 # endif 4396 } 4397 # ifdef UNICODE16 4398 else if (utf_char2cells(mb_c) != 2) 4399 STRCPY(extra, "?"); 4400 else 4401 /* 0xff1f in UTF-8: full-width '?' */ 4402 STRCPY(extra, "\357\274\237"); 4403 # endif 4404 4405 p_extra = extra; 4406 c = *p_extra; 4407 mb_c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p_extra); 4408 mb_utf8 = (c >= 0x80); 4409 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); 4410 c_extra = NUL; 4411 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4412 { 4413 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4414 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4415 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4416 } 4417 } 4418 else if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 4419 mb_l = 1; 4420 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 4421 else if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(mb_c)) 4422 { 4423 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 4424 int pc, pc1, nc; 4425 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; 4426 4427 /* The idea of what is the previous and next 4428 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ 4429 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4430 { 4431 pc = prev_c; 4432 pc1 = prev_c1; 4433 nc = utf_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l); 4434 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; 4435 } 4436 else 4437 { 4438 pc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l, pcc); 4439 nc = prev_c; 4440 pc1 = pcc[0]; 4441 } 4442 prev_c = mb_c; 4443 4444 mb_c = arabic_shape(mb_c, &c, &u8cc[0], pc, pc1, nc); 4445 } 4446 else 4447 prev_c = mb_c; 4448 #endif 4449 } 4450 else /* enc_dbcs */ 4451 { 4452 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); 4453 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 4454 mb_l = 1; 4455 else if (mb_l > 1) 4456 { 4457 /* We assume a second byte below 32 is illegal. 4458 * Hopefully this is OK for all double-byte encodings! 4459 */ 4460 if (ptr[1] >= 32) 4461 mb_c = (c << 8) + ptr[1]; 4462 else 4463 { 4464 if (ptr[1] == NUL) 4465 { 4466 /* head byte at end of line */ 4467 mb_l = 1; 4468 transchar_nonprint(extra, c); 4469 } 4470 else 4471 { 4472 /* illegal tail byte */ 4473 mb_l = 2; 4474 STRCPY(extra, "XX"); 4475 } 4476 p_extra = extra; 4477 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(extra) - 1; 4478 c_extra = NUL; 4479 c = *p_extra++; 4480 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4481 { 4482 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4483 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4484 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4485 } 4486 mb_c = c; 4487 } 4488 } 4489 } 4490 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the 4491 * last column; the character is displayed at the start of the 4492 * next line. */ 4493 if (( 4494 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4495 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : 4496 # endif 4497 (col >= wp->w_width - 1)) 4498 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) 4499 { 4500 c = '>'; 4501 mb_c = c; 4502 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4503 mb_l = 1; 4504 multi_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 4505 /* Put pointer back so that the character will be 4506 * displayed at the start of the next line. */ 4507 --ptr; 4508 } 4509 else if (*ptr != NUL) 4510 ptr += mb_l - 1; 4511 4512 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit at the left side display 4513 * a '<' in the first column. Don't do this for unprintable 4514 * characters. */ 4515 if (n_skip > 0 && mb_l > 1 && n_extra == 0) 4516 { 4517 n_extra = 1; 4518 c_extra = MB_FILLER_CHAR; 4519 c = ' '; 4520 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4521 { 4522 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4523 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 4524 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4525 } 4526 mb_c = c; 4527 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4528 mb_l = 1; 4529 } 4530 4531 } 4532 #endif 4533 ++ptr; 4534 4535 if (extra_check) 4536 { 4537 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4538 int can_spell = TRUE; 4539 #endif 4540 4541 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 4542 if (get_term_attr) 4543 { 4544 syntax_attr = term_get_attr(wp->w_buffer, lnum, vcol); 4545 4546 if (!attr_pri) 4547 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4548 else 4549 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr); 4550 } 4551 #endif 4552 4553 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4554 /* Get syntax attribute, unless still at the start of the line 4555 * (double-wide char that doesn't fit). */ 4556 v = (long)(ptr - line); 4557 if (has_syntax && v > 0) 4558 { 4559 /* Get the syntax attribute for the character. If there 4560 * is an error, disable syntax highlighting. */ 4561 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 4562 did_emsg = FALSE; 4563 4564 syntax_attr = get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)v - 1, 4565 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4566 has_spell ? &can_spell : 4567 # endif 4568 NULL, FALSE); 4569 4570 if (did_emsg) 4571 { 4572 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; 4573 has_syntax = FALSE; 4574 } 4575 else 4576 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 4577 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 4578 if (wp->w_s->b_syn_slow) 4579 has_syntax = FALSE; 4580 #endif 4581 4582 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may 4583 * have made it invalid. */ 4584 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 4585 ptr = line + v; 4586 4587 if (!attr_pri) 4588 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4589 else 4590 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr); 4591 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4592 /* no concealing past the end of the line, it interferes 4593 * with line highlighting */ 4594 if (c == NUL) 4595 syntax_flags = 0; 4596 else 4597 syntax_flags = get_syntax_info(&syntax_seqnr); 4598 # endif 4599 } 4600 #endif 4601 4602 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4603 /* Check spelling (unless at the end of the line). 4604 * Only do this when there is no syntax highlighting, the 4605 * @Spell cluster is not used or the current syntax item 4606 * contains the @Spell cluster. */ 4607 if (has_spell && v >= word_end && v > cur_checked_col) 4608 { 4609 spell_attr = 0; 4610 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4611 if (!attr_pri) 4612 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4613 # endif 4614 if (c != 0 && ( 4615 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4616 !has_syntax || 4617 # endif 4618 can_spell)) 4619 { 4620 char_u *prev_ptr, *p; 4621 int len; 4622 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 4623 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4624 if (has_mbyte) 4625 { 4626 prev_ptr = ptr - mb_l; 4627 v -= mb_l - 1; 4628 } 4629 else 4630 # endif 4631 prev_ptr = ptr - 1; 4632 4633 /* Use nextline[] if possible, it has the start of the 4634 * next line concatenated. */ 4635 if ((prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol >= 0) 4636 p = nextline + (prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol; 4637 else 4638 p = prev_ptr; 4639 cap_col -= (int)(prev_ptr - line); 4640 len = spell_check(wp, p, &spell_hlf, &cap_col, 4641 nochange); 4642 word_end = v + len; 4643 4644 /* In Insert mode only highlight a word that 4645 * doesn't touch the cursor. */ 4646 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT 4647 && (State & INSERT) != 0 4648 && wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum 4649 && wp->w_cursor.col >= 4650 (colnr_T)(prev_ptr - line) 4651 && wp->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)word_end) 4652 { 4653 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 4654 spell_redraw_lnum = lnum; 4655 } 4656 4657 if (spell_hlf == HLF_COUNT && p != prev_ptr 4658 && (p - nextline) + len > nextline_idx) 4659 { 4660 /* Remember that the good word continues at the 4661 * start of the next line. */ 4662 checked_lnum = lnum + 1; 4663 checked_col = (int)((p - nextline) + len - nextline_idx); 4664 } 4665 4666 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ 4667 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) 4668 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; 4669 4670 if (cap_col > 0) 4671 { 4672 if (p != prev_ptr 4673 && (p - nextline) + cap_col >= nextline_idx) 4674 { 4675 /* Remember that the word in the next line 4676 * must start with a capital. */ 4677 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; 4678 cap_col = (int)((p - nextline) + cap_col 4679 - nextline_idx); 4680 } 4681 else 4682 /* Compute the actual column. */ 4683 cap_col += (int)(prev_ptr - line); 4684 } 4685 } 4686 } 4687 if (spell_attr != 0) 4688 { 4689 if (!attr_pri) 4690 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, spell_attr); 4691 else 4692 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(spell_attr, char_attr); 4693 } 4694 #endif 4695 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4696 /* 4697 * Found last space before word: check for line break. 4698 */ 4699 if (wp->w_p_lbr && c0 == c 4700 && VIM_ISBREAK(c) && !VIM_ISBREAK((int)*ptr)) 4701 { 4702 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4703 int mb_off = has_mbyte ? (*mb_head_off)(line, ptr - 1) : 0; 4704 # endif 4705 char_u *p = ptr - ( 4706 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4707 mb_off + 4708 # endif 4709 1); 4710 4711 /* TODO: is passing p for start of the line OK? */ 4712 n_extra = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, p, (colnr_T)vcol, 4713 NULL) - 1; 4714 if (c == TAB && n_extra + col > wp->w_width) 4715 n_extra = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts 4716 - vcol % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; 4717 4718 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4719 c_extra = mb_off > 0 ? MB_FILLER_CHAR : ' '; 4720 # else 4721 c_extra = ' '; 4722 # endif 4723 if (VIM_ISWHITE(c)) 4724 { 4725 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4726 if (c == TAB) 4727 /* See "Tab alignment" below. */ 4728 FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS; 4729 #endif 4730 if (!wp->w_p_list) 4731 c = ' '; 4732 } 4733 } 4734 #endif 4735 4736 /* 'list': change char 160 to lcs_nbsp and space to lcs_space. 4737 */ 4738 if (wp->w_p_list 4739 && (((c == 160 4740 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4741 || (mb_utf8 && (mb_c == 160 || mb_c == 0x202f)) 4742 #endif 4743 ) && lcs_nbsp) 4744 || (c == ' ' && lcs_space && ptr - line <= trailcol))) 4745 { 4746 c = (c == ' ') ? lcs_space : lcs_nbsp; 4747 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4748 { 4749 n_attr = 1; 4750 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4751 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4752 } 4753 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4754 mb_c = c; 4755 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 4756 { 4757 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4758 u8cc[0] = 0; 4759 c = 0xc0; 4760 } 4761 else 4762 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4763 #endif 4764 } 4765 4766 if (trailcol != MAXCOL && ptr > line + trailcol && c == ' ') 4767 { 4768 c = lcs_trail; 4769 if (!attr_pri) 4770 { 4771 n_attr = 1; 4772 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4773 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4774 } 4775 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4776 mb_c = c; 4777 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 4778 { 4779 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4780 u8cc[0] = 0; 4781 c = 0xc0; 4782 } 4783 else 4784 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4785 #endif 4786 } 4787 } 4788 4789 /* 4790 * Handling of non-printable characters. 4791 */ 4792 if (!vim_isprintc(c)) 4793 { 4794 /* 4795 * when getting a character from the file, we may have to 4796 * turn it into something else on the way to putting it 4797 * into "ScreenLines". 4798 */ 4799 if (c == TAB && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1)) 4800 { 4801 int tab_len = 0; 4802 long vcol_adjusted = vcol; /* removed showbreak length */ 4803 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4804 /* only adjust the tab_len, when at the first column 4805 * after the showbreak value was drawn */ 4806 if (*p_sbr != NUL && vcol == vcol_sbr && wp->w_p_wrap) 4807 vcol_adjusted = vcol - MB_CHARLEN(p_sbr); 4808 #endif 4809 /* tab amount depends on current column */ 4810 tab_len = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts 4811 - vcol_adjusted % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; 4812 4813 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4814 if (!wp->w_p_lbr || !wp->w_p_list) 4815 #endif 4816 /* tab amount depends on current column */ 4817 n_extra = tab_len; 4818 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4819 else 4820 { 4821 char_u *p; 4822 int len = n_extra; 4823 int i; 4824 int saved_nextra = n_extra; 4825 4826 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4827 if (vcol_off > 0) 4828 /* there are characters to conceal */ 4829 tab_len += vcol_off; 4830 /* boguscols before FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS macro from above 4831 */ 4832 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 && old_boguscols > 0 4833 && n_extra > tab_len) 4834 tab_len += n_extra - tab_len; 4835 #endif 4836 4837 /* if n_extra > 0, it gives the number of chars, to 4838 * use for a tab, else we need to calculate the width 4839 * for a tab */ 4840 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4841 len = (tab_len * mb_char2len(lcs_tab2)); 4842 if (n_extra > 0) 4843 len += n_extra - tab_len; 4844 #endif 4845 c = lcs_tab1; 4846 p = alloc((unsigned)(len + 1)); 4847 vim_memset(p, ' ', len); 4848 p[len] = NUL; 4849 vim_free(p_extra_free); 4850 p_extra_free = p; 4851 for (i = 0; i < tab_len; i++) 4852 { 4853 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4854 mb_char2bytes(lcs_tab2, p); 4855 p += mb_char2len(lcs_tab2); 4856 n_extra += mb_char2len(lcs_tab2) 4857 - (saved_nextra > 0 ? 1 : 0); 4858 #else 4859 p[i] = lcs_tab2; 4860 #endif 4861 } 4862 p_extra = p_extra_free; 4863 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4864 /* n_extra will be increased by FIX_FOX_BOGUSCOLS 4865 * macro below, so need to adjust for that here */ 4866 if (vcol_off > 0) 4867 n_extra -= vcol_off; 4868 #endif 4869 } 4870 #endif 4871 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4872 { 4873 int vc_saved = vcol_off; 4874 4875 /* Tab alignment should be identical regardless of 4876 * 'conceallevel' value. So tab compensates of all 4877 * previous concealed characters, and thus resets 4878 * vcol_off and boguscols accumulated so far in the 4879 * line. Note that the tab can be longer than 4880 * 'tabstop' when there are concealed characters. */ 4881 FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS; 4882 4883 /* Make sure, the highlighting for the tab char will be 4884 * correctly set further below (effectively reverts the 4885 * FIX_FOR_BOGSUCOLS macro */ 4886 if (n_extra == tab_len + vc_saved && wp->w_p_list 4887 && lcs_tab1) 4888 tab_len += vc_saved; 4889 } 4890 #endif 4891 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4892 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 4893 #endif 4894 if (wp->w_p_list) 4895 { 4896 c = lcs_tab1; 4897 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4898 if (wp->w_p_lbr) 4899 c_extra = NUL; /* using p_extra from above */ 4900 else 4901 #endif 4902 c_extra = lcs_tab2; 4903 n_attr = tab_len + 1; 4904 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4905 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4906 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4907 mb_c = c; 4908 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 4909 { 4910 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4911 u8cc[0] = 0; 4912 c = 0xc0; 4913 } 4914 #endif 4915 } 4916 else 4917 { 4918 c_extra = ' '; 4919 c = ' '; 4920 } 4921 } 4922 else if (c == NUL 4923 && (wp->w_p_list 4924 || ((fromcol >= 0 || fromcol_prev >= 0) 4925 && tocol > vcol 4926 && VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V 4927 && ( 4928 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4929 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 4930 # endif 4931 (col < wp->w_width)) 4932 && !(noinvcur 4933 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 4934 && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) 4935 && lcs_eol_one > 0) 4936 { 4937 /* Display a '$' after the line or highlight an extra 4938 * character if the line break is included. */ 4939 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(LINE_ATTR) 4940 /* For a diff line the highlighting continues after the 4941 * "$". */ 4942 if ( 4943 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4944 diff_hlf == (hlf_T)0 4945 # ifdef LINE_ATTR 4946 && 4947 # endif 4948 # endif 4949 # ifdef LINE_ATTR 4950 line_attr == 0 4951 # endif 4952 ) 4953 #endif 4954 { 4955 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 4956 /* In virtualedit, visual selections may extend 4957 * beyond end of line. */ 4958 if (area_highlighting && virtual_active() 4959 && tocol != MAXCOL && vcol < tocol) 4960 n_extra = 0; 4961 else 4962 #endif 4963 { 4964 p_extra = at_end_str; 4965 n_extra = 1; 4966 c_extra = NUL; 4967 } 4968 } 4969 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0) 4970 c = lcs_eol; 4971 else 4972 c = ' '; 4973 lcs_eol_one = -1; 4974 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 4975 if (!attr_pri) 4976 { 4977 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 4978 n_attr = 1; 4979 } 4980 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4981 mb_c = c; 4982 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 4983 { 4984 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4985 u8cc[0] = 0; 4986 c = 0xc0; 4987 } 4988 else 4989 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 4990 #endif 4991 } 4992 else if (c != NUL) 4993 { 4994 p_extra = transchar(c); 4995 if (n_extra == 0) 4996 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; 4997 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4998 if ((dy_flags & DY_UHEX) && wp->w_p_rl) 4999 rl_mirror(p_extra); /* reverse "<12>" */ 5000 #endif 5001 c_extra = NUL; 5002 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 5003 if (wp->w_p_lbr) 5004 { 5005 char_u *p; 5006 5007 c = *p_extra; 5008 p = alloc((unsigned)n_extra + 1); 5009 vim_memset(p, ' ', n_extra); 5010 STRNCPY(p, p_extra + 1, STRLEN(p_extra) - 1); 5011 p[n_extra] = NUL; 5012 vim_free(p_extra_free); 5013 p_extra_free = p_extra = p; 5014 } 5015 else 5016 #endif 5017 { 5018 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; 5019 c = *p_extra++; 5020 } 5021 if (!attr_pri) 5022 { 5023 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 5024 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 5025 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 5026 } 5027 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5028 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 5029 #endif 5030 } 5031 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 5032 else if (VIsual_active 5033 && (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V 5034 || VIsual_mode == 'v') 5035 && virtual_active() 5036 && tocol != MAXCOL 5037 && vcol < tocol 5038 && ( 5039 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5040 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 5041 # endif 5042 (col < wp->w_width))) 5043 { 5044 c = ' '; 5045 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 5046 } 5047 #endif 5048 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) 5049 else if (( 5050 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5051 diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0 || 5052 # endif 5053 # ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 5054 term_attr != 0 || 5055 # endif 5056 line_attr != 0 5057 ) && ( 5058 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5059 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 5060 # endif 5061 (col 5062 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5063 - boguscols 5064 # endif 5065 < wp->w_width))) 5066 { 5067 /* Highlight until the right side of the window */ 5068 c = ' '; 5069 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 5070 5071 /* Remember we do the char for line highlighting. */ 5072 ++did_line_attr; 5073 5074 /* don't do search HL for the rest of the line */ 5075 if (line_attr != 0 && char_attr == search_attr 5076 && (did_line_attr > 1 5077 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0))) 5078 char_attr = line_attr; 5079 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5080 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD) 5081 { 5082 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; 5083 if (attr == 0 || char_attr != attr) 5084 { 5085 char_attr = HL_ATTR(diff_hlf); 5086 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5087 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 5088 HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 5089 } 5090 } 5091 # endif 5092 # ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 5093 if (term_attr != 0) 5094 { 5095 char_attr = term_attr; 5096 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5097 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 5098 HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 5099 } 5100 # endif 5101 } 5102 #endif 5103 } 5104 5105 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5106 if ( wp->w_p_cole > 0 5107 && (wp != curwin || lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum || 5108 conceal_cursor_line(wp) ) 5109 && ( (syntax_flags & HL_CONCEAL) != 0 || has_match_conc > 0) 5110 && !(lnum_in_visual_area 5111 && vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, 'v') == NULL)) 5112 { 5113 char_attr = conceal_attr; 5114 if ((prev_syntax_id != syntax_seqnr || has_match_conc > 1) 5115 && (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL || match_conc 5116 || wp->w_p_cole == 1) 5117 && wp->w_p_cole != 3) 5118 { 5119 /* First time at this concealed item: display one 5120 * character. */ 5121 if (match_conc) 5122 c = match_conc; 5123 else if (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL) 5124 c = syn_get_sub_char(); 5125 else if (lcs_conceal != NUL) 5126 c = lcs_conceal; 5127 else 5128 c = ' '; 5129 5130 prev_syntax_id = syntax_seqnr; 5131 5132 if (n_extra > 0) 5133 vcol_off += n_extra; 5134 vcol += n_extra; 5135 if (wp->w_p_wrap && n_extra > 0) 5136 { 5137 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5138 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5139 { 5140 col -= n_extra; 5141 boguscols -= n_extra; 5142 } 5143 else 5144 # endif 5145 { 5146 boguscols += n_extra; 5147 col += n_extra; 5148 } 5149 } 5150 n_extra = 0; 5151 n_attr = 0; 5152 } 5153 else if (n_skip == 0) 5154 { 5155 is_concealing = TRUE; 5156 n_skip = 1; 5157 } 5158 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5159 mb_c = c; 5160 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 5161 { 5162 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 5163 u8cc[0] = 0; 5164 c = 0xc0; 5165 } 5166 else 5167 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 5168 # endif 5169 } 5170 else 5171 { 5172 prev_syntax_id = 0; 5173 is_concealing = FALSE; 5174 } 5175 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ 5176 } 5177 5178 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5179 /* In the cursor line and we may be concealing characters: correct 5180 * the cursor column when we reach its position. */ 5181 if (!did_wcol && draw_state == WL_LINE 5182 && wp == curwin && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 5183 && conceal_cursor_line(wp) 5184 && (int)wp->w_virtcol <= vcol + n_skip) 5185 { 5186 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5187 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5188 wp->w_wcol = wp->w_width - col + boguscols - 1; 5189 else 5190 # endif 5191 wp->w_wcol = col - boguscols; 5192 wp->w_wrow = row; 5193 did_wcol = TRUE; 5194 } 5195 #endif 5196 5197 /* Don't override visual selection highlighting. */ 5198 if (n_attr > 0 5199 && draw_state == WL_LINE 5200 && !attr_pri) 5201 char_attr = extra_attr; 5202 5203 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) 5204 /* XIM don't send preedit_start and preedit_end, but they send 5205 * preedit_changed and commit. Thus Vim can't set "im_is_active", use 5206 * im_is_preediting() here. */ 5207 if (p_imst == IM_ON_THE_SPOT 5208 && xic != NULL 5209 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 5210 && (State & INSERT) 5211 && !p_imdisable 5212 && im_is_preediting() 5213 && draw_state == WL_LINE) 5214 { 5215 colnr_T tcol; 5216 5217 if (preedit_end_col == MAXCOL) 5218 getvcol(curwin, &(wp->w_cursor), &tcol, NULL, NULL); 5219 else 5220 tcol = preedit_end_col; 5221 if ((long)preedit_start_col <= vcol && vcol < (long)tcol) 5222 { 5223 if (feedback_old_attr < 0) 5224 { 5225 feedback_col = 0; 5226 feedback_old_attr = char_attr; 5227 } 5228 char_attr = im_get_feedback_attr(feedback_col); 5229 if (char_attr < 0) 5230 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; 5231 feedback_col++; 5232 } 5233 else if (feedback_old_attr >= 0) 5234 { 5235 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; 5236 feedback_old_attr = -1; 5237 feedback_col = 0; 5238 } 5239 } 5240 #endif 5241 /* 5242 * Handle the case where we are in column 0 but not on the first 5243 * character of the line and the user wants us to show us a 5244 * special character (via 'listchars' option "precedes:<char>". 5245 */ 5246 if (lcs_prec_todo != NUL 5247 && wp->w_p_list 5248 && (wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol > 0 : wp->w_leftcol > 0) 5249 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5250 && filler_todo <= 0 5251 #endif 5252 && draw_state > WL_NR 5253 && c != NUL) 5254 { 5255 c = lcs_prec; 5256 lcs_prec_todo = NUL; 5257 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5258 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5259 { 5260 /* Double-width character being overwritten by the "precedes" 5261 * character, need to fill up half the character. */ 5262 c_extra = MB_FILLER_CHAR; 5263 n_extra = 1; 5264 n_attr = 2; 5265 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 5266 } 5267 mb_c = c; 5268 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 5269 { 5270 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 5271 u8cc[0] = 0; 5272 c = 0xc0; 5273 } 5274 else 5275 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 5276 #endif 5277 if (!attr_pri) 5278 { 5279 saved_attr3 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 5280 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); /* later copied to char_attr */ 5281 n_attr3 = 1; 5282 } 5283 } 5284 5285 /* 5286 * At end of the text line or just after the last character. 5287 */ 5288 if (c == NUL 5289 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) 5290 || did_line_attr == 1 5291 #endif 5292 ) 5293 { 5294 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5295 long prevcol = (long)(ptr - line) - (c == NUL); 5296 5297 /* we're not really at that column when skipping some text */ 5298 if ((long)(wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol : wp->w_leftcol) > prevcol) 5299 ++prevcol; 5300 #endif 5301 5302 /* Invert at least one char, used for Visual and empty line or 5303 * highlight match at end of line. If it's beyond the last 5304 * char on the screen, just overwrite that one (tricky!) Not 5305 * needed when a '$' was displayed for 'list'. */ 5306 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5307 prevcol_hl_flag = FALSE; 5308 if (!search_hl.is_addpos && prevcol == (long)search_hl.startcol) 5309 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; 5310 else 5311 { 5312 cur = wp->w_match_head; 5313 while (cur != NULL) 5314 { 5315 if (!cur->hl.is_addpos && prevcol == (long)cur->hl.startcol) 5316 { 5317 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; 5318 break; 5319 } 5320 cur = cur->next; 5321 } 5322 } 5323 #endif 5324 if (lcs_eol == lcs_eol_one 5325 && ((area_attr != 0 && vcol == fromcol 5326 && (VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V 5327 || lnum == VIsual.lnum 5328 || lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 5329 && c == NUL) 5330 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5331 /* highlight 'hlsearch' match at end of line */ 5332 || (prevcol_hl_flag == TRUE 5333 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5334 && !(wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 5335 && !(wp == curwin && VIsual_active)) 5336 # endif 5337 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5338 && diff_hlf == (hlf_T)0 5339 # endif 5340 # if defined(LINE_ATTR) 5341 && did_line_attr <= 1 5342 # endif 5343 ) 5344 #endif 5345 )) 5346 { 5347 int n = 0; 5348 5349 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5350 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5351 { 5352 if (col < 0) 5353 n = 1; 5354 } 5355 else 5356 #endif 5357 { 5358 if (col >= wp->w_width) 5359 n = -1; 5360 } 5361 if (n != 0) 5362 { 5363 /* At the window boundary, highlight the last character 5364 * instead (better than nothing). */ 5365 off += n; 5366 col += n; 5367 } 5368 else 5369 { 5370 /* Add a blank character to highlight. */ 5371 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 5372 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5373 if (enc_utf8) 5374 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 5375 #endif 5376 } 5377 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5378 if (area_attr == 0) 5379 { 5380 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among 5381 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ 5382 char_attr = search_hl.attr; 5383 cur = wp->w_match_head; 5384 shl_flag = FALSE; 5385 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 5386 { 5387 if (shl_flag == FALSE 5388 && ((cur != NULL 5389 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) 5390 || cur == NULL)) 5391 { 5392 shl = &search_hl; 5393 shl_flag = TRUE; 5394 } 5395 else 5396 shl = &cur->hl; 5397 if ((ptr - line) - 1 == (long)shl->startcol 5398 && (shl == &search_hl || !shl->is_addpos)) 5399 char_attr = shl->attr; 5400 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 5401 cur = cur->next; 5402 } 5403 } 5404 #endif 5405 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; 5406 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5407 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5408 { 5409 --col; 5410 --off; 5411 } 5412 else 5413 #endif 5414 { 5415 ++col; 5416 ++off; 5417 } 5418 ++vcol; 5419 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5420 eol_hl_off = 1; 5421 #endif 5422 } 5423 } 5424 5425 /* 5426 * At end of the text line. 5427 */ 5428 if (c == NUL) 5429 { 5430 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5431 if (eol_hl_off > 0 && vcol - eol_hl_off == (long)wp->w_virtcol 5432 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5433 { 5434 /* highlight last char after line */ 5435 --col; 5436 --off; 5437 --vcol; 5438 } 5439 5440 /* Highlight 'cursorcolumn' & 'colorcolumn' past end of the line. */ 5441 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 5442 v = wp->w_skipcol; 5443 else 5444 v = wp->w_leftcol; 5445 5446 /* check if line ends before left margin */ 5447 if (vcol < v + col - win_col_off(wp)) 5448 vcol = v + col - win_col_off(wp); 5449 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5450 /* Get rid of the boguscols now, we want to draw until the right 5451 * edge for 'cursorcolumn'. */ 5452 col -= boguscols; 5453 boguscols = 0; 5454 #endif 5455 5456 if (draw_color_col) 5457 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); 5458 5459 if (((wp->w_p_cuc 5460 && (int)wp->w_virtcol >= VCOL_HLC - eol_hl_off 5461 && (int)wp->w_virtcol < 5462 wp->w_width * (row - startrow + 1) + v 5463 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5464 || draw_color_col) 5465 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5466 && !wp->w_p_rl 5467 # endif 5468 ) 5469 { 5470 int rightmost_vcol = 0; 5471 int i; 5472 5473 if (wp->w_p_cuc) 5474 rightmost_vcol = wp->w_virtcol; 5475 if (draw_color_col) 5476 /* determine rightmost colorcolumn to possibly draw */ 5477 for (i = 0; color_cols[i] >= 0; ++i) 5478 if (rightmost_vcol < color_cols[i]) 5479 rightmost_vcol = color_cols[i]; 5480 5481 while (col < wp->w_width) 5482 { 5483 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 5484 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5485 if (enc_utf8) 5486 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 5487 #endif 5488 ++col; 5489 if (draw_color_col) 5490 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, 5491 &color_cols); 5492 5493 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol) 5494 ScreenAttrs[off++] = HL_ATTR(HLF_CUC); 5495 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) 5496 ScreenAttrs[off++] = HL_ATTR(HLF_MC); 5497 else 5498 ScreenAttrs[off++] = 0; 5499 5500 if (VCOL_HLC >= rightmost_vcol) 5501 break; 5502 5503 ++vcol; 5504 } 5505 } 5506 #endif 5507 5508 screen_line(screen_row, wp->w_wincol, col, 5509 (int)wp->w_width, HAS_RIGHTLEFT(wp->w_p_rl)); 5510 row++; 5511 5512 /* 5513 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was 5514 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). 5515 */ 5516 if (wp == curwin && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 5517 { 5518 curwin->w_cline_row = startrow; 5519 curwin->w_cline_height = row - startrow; 5520 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 5521 curwin->w_cline_folded = FALSE; 5522 #endif 5523 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); 5524 } 5525 5526 break; 5527 } 5528 5529 /* line continues beyond line end */ 5530 if (lcs_ext 5531 && !wp->w_p_wrap 5532 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5533 && filler_todo <= 0 5534 #endif 5535 && ( 5536 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5537 wp->w_p_rl ? col == 0 : 5538 #endif 5539 col == wp->w_width - 1) 5540 && (*ptr != NUL 5541 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol_one > 0) 5542 || (n_extra && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL)))) 5543 { 5544 c = lcs_ext; 5545 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 5546 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5547 mb_c = c; 5548 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 5549 { 5550 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 5551 u8cc[0] = 0; 5552 c = 0xc0; 5553 } 5554 else 5555 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 5556 #endif 5557 } 5558 5559 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5560 /* advance to the next 'colorcolumn' */ 5561 if (draw_color_col) 5562 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); 5563 5564 /* Highlight the cursor column if 'cursorcolumn' is set. But don't 5565 * highlight the cursor position itself. 5566 * Also highlight the 'colorcolumn' if it is different than 5567 * 'cursorcolumn' */ 5568 vcol_save_attr = -1; 5569 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && !lnum_in_visual_area 5570 && search_attr == 0 && area_attr == 0) 5571 { 5572 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol 5573 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5574 { 5575 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; 5576 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_CUC)); 5577 } 5578 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) 5579 { 5580 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; 5581 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_MC)); 5582 } 5583 } 5584 #endif 5585 5586 /* 5587 * Store character to be displayed. 5588 * Skip characters that are left of the screen for 'nowrap'. 5589 */ 5590 vcol_prev = vcol; 5591 if (draw_state < WL_LINE || n_skip <= 0) 5592 { 5593 /* 5594 * Store the character. 5595 */ 5596 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE) 5597 if (has_mbyte && wp->w_p_rl && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5598 { 5599 /* A double-wide character is: put first halve in left cell. */ 5600 --off; 5601 --col; 5602 } 5603 #endif 5604 ScreenLines[off] = c; 5605 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5606 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 5607 { 5608 if ((mb_c & 0xff00) == 0x8e00) 5609 ScreenLines[off] = 0x8e; 5610 ScreenLines2[off] = mb_c & 0xff; 5611 } 5612 else if (enc_utf8) 5613 { 5614 if (mb_utf8) 5615 { 5616 int i; 5617 5618 ScreenLinesUC[off] = mb_c; 5619 if ((c & 0xff) == 0) 5620 ScreenLines[off] = 0x80; /* avoid storing zero */ 5621 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 5622 { 5623 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; 5624 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 5625 break; 5626 } 5627 } 5628 else 5629 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 5630 } 5631 if (multi_attr) 5632 { 5633 ScreenAttrs[off] = multi_attr; 5634 multi_attr = 0; 5635 } 5636 else 5637 #endif 5638 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; 5639 5640 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5641 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5642 { 5643 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ 5644 ++off; 5645 ++col; 5646 if (enc_utf8) 5647 /* UTF-8: Put a 0 in the second screen char. */ 5648 ScreenLines[off] = 0; 5649 else 5650 /* DBCS: Put second byte in the second screen char. */ 5651 ScreenLines[off] = mb_c & 0xff; 5652 if (draw_state > WL_NR 5653 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5654 && filler_todo <= 0 5655 #endif 5656 ) 5657 ++vcol; 5658 /* When "tocol" is halfway a character, set it to the end of 5659 * the character, otherwise highlighting won't stop. */ 5660 if (tocol == vcol) 5661 ++tocol; 5662 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5663 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5664 { 5665 /* now it's time to backup one cell */ 5666 --off; 5667 --col; 5668 } 5669 #endif 5670 } 5671 #endif 5672 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5673 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5674 { 5675 --off; 5676 --col; 5677 } 5678 else 5679 #endif 5680 { 5681 ++off; 5682 ++col; 5683 } 5684 } 5685 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5686 else if (wp->w_p_cole > 0 && is_concealing) 5687 { 5688 --n_skip; 5689 ++vcol_off; 5690 if (n_extra > 0) 5691 vcol_off += n_extra; 5692 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 5693 { 5694 /* 5695 * Special voodoo required if 'wrap' is on. 5696 * 5697 * Advance the column indicator to force the line 5698 * drawing to wrap early. This will make the line 5699 * take up the same screen space when parts are concealed, 5700 * so that cursor line computations aren't messed up. 5701 * 5702 * To avoid the fictitious advance of 'col' causing 5703 * trailing junk to be written out of the screen line 5704 * we are building, 'boguscols' keeps track of the number 5705 * of bad columns we have advanced. 5706 */ 5707 if (n_extra > 0) 5708 { 5709 vcol += n_extra; 5710 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5711 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5712 { 5713 col -= n_extra; 5714 boguscols -= n_extra; 5715 } 5716 else 5717 # endif 5718 { 5719 col += n_extra; 5720 boguscols += n_extra; 5721 } 5722 n_extra = 0; 5723 n_attr = 0; 5724 } 5725 5726 5727 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5728 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5729 { 5730 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ 5731 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5732 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5733 { 5734 --boguscols; 5735 --col; 5736 } 5737 else 5738 # endif 5739 { 5740 ++boguscols; 5741 ++col; 5742 } 5743 } 5744 # endif 5745 5746 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5747 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5748 { 5749 --boguscols; 5750 --col; 5751 } 5752 else 5753 # endif 5754 { 5755 ++boguscols; 5756 ++col; 5757 } 5758 } 5759 else 5760 { 5761 if (n_extra > 0) 5762 { 5763 vcol += n_extra; 5764 n_extra = 0; 5765 n_attr = 0; 5766 } 5767 } 5768 5769 } 5770 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ 5771 else 5772 --n_skip; 5773 5774 /* Only advance the "vcol" when after the 'number' or 'relativenumber' 5775 * column. */ 5776 if (draw_state > WL_NR 5777 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5778 && filler_todo <= 0 5779 #endif 5780 ) 5781 ++vcol; 5782 5783 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5784 if (vcol_save_attr >= 0) 5785 char_attr = vcol_save_attr; 5786 #endif 5787 5788 /* restore attributes after "predeces" in 'listchars' */ 5789 if (draw_state > WL_NR && n_attr3 > 0 && --n_attr3 == 0) 5790 char_attr = saved_attr3; 5791 5792 /* restore attributes after last 'listchars' or 'number' char */ 5793 if (n_attr > 0 && draw_state == WL_LINE && --n_attr == 0) 5794 char_attr = saved_attr2; 5795 5796 /* 5797 * At end of screen line and there is more to come: Display the line 5798 * so far. If there is no more to display it is caught above. 5799 */ 5800 if (( 5801 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5802 wp->w_p_rl ? (col < 0) : 5803 #endif 5804 (col >= wp->w_width)) 5805 && (*ptr != NUL 5806 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5807 || filler_todo > 0 5808 #endif 5809 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str) 5810 || (n_extra != 0 && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL))) 5811 ) 5812 { 5813 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5814 screen_line(screen_row, wp->w_wincol, col - boguscols, 5815 (int)wp->w_width, HAS_RIGHTLEFT(wp->w_p_rl)); 5816 boguscols = 0; 5817 #else 5818 screen_line(screen_row, wp->w_wincol, col, 5819 (int)wp->w_width, HAS_RIGHTLEFT(wp->w_p_rl)); 5820 #endif 5821 ++row; 5822 ++screen_row; 5823 5824 /* When not wrapping and finished diff lines, or when displayed 5825 * '$' and highlighting until last column, break here. */ 5826 if ((!wp->w_p_wrap 5827 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5828 && filler_todo <= 0 5829 #endif 5830 ) || lcs_eol_one == -1) 5831 break; 5832 5833 /* When the window is too narrow draw all "@" lines. */ 5834 if (draw_state != WL_LINE 5835 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5836 && filler_todo <= 0 5837 #endif 5838 ) 5839 { 5840 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); 5841 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); 5842 row = endrow; 5843 } 5844 5845 /* When line got too long for screen break here. */ 5846 if (row == endrow) 5847 { 5848 ++row; 5849 break; 5850 } 5851 5852 if (screen_cur_row == screen_row - 1 5853 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5854 && filler_todo <= 0 5855 #endif 5856 && wp->w_width == Columns) 5857 { 5858 /* Remember that the line wraps, used for modeless copy. */ 5859 LineWraps[screen_row - 1] = TRUE; 5860 5861 /* 5862 * Special trick to make copy/paste of wrapped lines work with 5863 * xterm/screen: write an extra character beyond the end of 5864 * the line. This will work with all terminal types 5865 * (regardless of the xn,am settings). 5866 * Only do this on a fast tty. 5867 * Only do this if the cursor is on the current line 5868 * (something has been written in it). 5869 * Don't do this for the GUI. 5870 * Don't do this for double-width characters. 5871 * Don't do this for a window not at the right screen border. 5872 */ 5873 if (p_tf 5874 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5875 && !gui.in_use 5876 #endif 5877 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5878 && !(has_mbyte 5879 && ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row], 5880 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) 5881 == 2 5882 || (*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 5883 + (int)Columns - 2, 5884 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) 5885 == 2)) 5886 #endif 5887 ) 5888 { 5889 /* First make sure we are at the end of the screen line, 5890 * then output the same character again to let the 5891 * terminal know about the wrap. If the terminal doesn't 5892 * auto-wrap, we overwrite the character. */ 5893 if (screen_cur_col != wp->w_width) 5894 screen_char(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 5895 + (unsigned)Columns - 1, 5896 screen_row - 1, (int)(Columns - 1)); 5897 5898 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5899 /* When there is a multi-byte character, just output a 5900 * space to keep it simple. */ 5901 if (has_mbyte && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[LineOffset[ 5902 screen_row - 1] + (Columns - 1)]) > 1) 5903 out_char(' '); 5904 else 5905 #endif 5906 out_char(ScreenLines[LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 5907 + (Columns - 1)]); 5908 /* force a redraw of the first char on the next line */ 5909 ScreenAttrs[LineOffset[screen_row]] = (sattr_T)-1; 5910 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 5911 } 5912 } 5913 5914 col = 0; 5915 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 5916 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5917 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5918 { 5919 col = wp->w_width - 1; /* col is not used if breaking! */ 5920 off += col; 5921 } 5922 #endif 5923 5924 /* reset the drawing state for the start of a wrapped line */ 5925 draw_state = WL_START; 5926 saved_n_extra = n_extra; 5927 saved_p_extra = p_extra; 5928 saved_c_extra = c_extra; 5929 saved_char_attr = char_attr; 5930 n_extra = 0; 5931 lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; 5932 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 5933 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5934 if (filler_todo <= 0) 5935 # endif 5936 need_showbreak = TRUE; 5937 #endif 5938 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5939 --filler_todo; 5940 /* When the filler lines are actually below the last line of the 5941 * file, don't draw the line itself, break here. */ 5942 if (filler_todo == 0 && wp->w_botfill) 5943 break; 5944 #endif 5945 } 5946 5947 } /* for every character in the line */ 5948 5949 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 5950 /* After an empty line check first word for capital. */ 5951 if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL) 5952 { 5953 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; 5954 cap_col = 0; 5955 } 5956 #endif 5957 5958 vim_free(p_extra_free); 5959 return row; 5960 } 5961 5962 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5963 static int comp_char_differs(int, int); 5964 5965 /* 5966 * Return if the composing characters at "off_from" and "off_to" differ. 5967 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0. 5968 */ 5969 static int 5970 comp_char_differs(int off_from, int off_to) 5971 { 5972 int i; 5973 5974 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 5975 { 5976 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] != ScreenLinesC[i][off_to]) 5977 return TRUE; 5978 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] == 0) 5979 break; 5980 } 5981 return FALSE; 5982 } 5983 #endif 5984 5985 /* 5986 * Check whether the given character needs redrawing: 5987 * - the (first byte of the) character is different 5988 * - the attributes are different 5989 * - the character is multi-byte and the next byte is different 5990 * - the character is two cells wide and the second cell differs. 5991 */ 5992 static int 5993 char_needs_redraw(int off_from, int off_to, int cols) 5994 { 5995 if (cols > 0 5996 && ((ScreenLines[off_from] != ScreenLines[off_to] 5997 || ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) 5998 5999 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6000 || (enc_dbcs != 0 6001 && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off_from]) > 1 6002 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off_from] == 0x8e 6003 ? ScreenLines2[off_from] != ScreenLines2[off_to] 6004 : (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] 6005 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) 6006 || (enc_utf8 6007 && (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != ScreenLinesUC[off_to] 6008 || (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0 6009 && comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to)) 6010 || ((*mb_off2cells)(off_from, off_from + cols) > 1 6011 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] 6012 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) 6013 #endif 6014 )) 6015 return TRUE; 6016 return FALSE; 6017 } 6018 6019 #if defined(FEAT_TERMINAL) || defined(PROTO) 6020 /* 6021 * Return the index in ScreenLines[] for the current screen line. 6022 */ 6023 int 6024 screen_get_current_line_off() 6025 { 6026 return (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 6027 } 6028 #endif 6029 6030 /* 6031 * Move one "cooked" screen line to the screen, but only the characters that 6032 * have actually changed. Handle insert/delete character. 6033 * "coloff" gives the first column on the screen for this line. 6034 * "endcol" gives the columns where valid characters are. 6035 * "clear_width" is the width of the window. It's > 0 if the rest of the line 6036 * needs to be cleared, negative otherwise. 6037 * "rlflag" is TRUE in a rightleft window: 6038 * When TRUE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns 0 to "endcol" 6039 * When FALSE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns "endcol" to "clear_width" 6040 */ 6041 void 6042 screen_line( 6043 int row, 6044 int coloff, 6045 int endcol, 6046 int clear_width, 6047 int rlflag UNUSED) 6048 { 6049 unsigned off_from; 6050 unsigned off_to; 6051 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6052 unsigned max_off_from; 6053 unsigned max_off_to; 6054 #endif 6055 int col = 0; 6056 int hl; 6057 int force = FALSE; /* force update rest of the line */ 6058 int redraw_this /* bool: does character need redraw? */ 6059 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6060 = TRUE /* For GUI when while-loop empty */ 6061 #endif 6062 ; 6063 int redraw_next; /* redraw_this for next character */ 6064 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6065 int clear_next = FALSE; 6066 int char_cells; /* 1: normal char */ 6067 /* 2: occupies two display cells */ 6068 # define CHAR_CELLS char_cells 6069 #else 6070 # define CHAR_CELLS 1 6071 #endif 6072 6073 /* Check for illegal row and col, just in case. */ 6074 if (row >= Rows) 6075 row = Rows - 1; 6076 if (endcol > Columns) 6077 endcol = Columns; 6078 6079 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 6080 clip_may_clear_selection(row, row); 6081 # endif 6082 6083 off_from = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 6084 off_to = LineOffset[row] + coloff; 6085 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6086 max_off_from = off_from + screen_Columns; 6087 max_off_to = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; 6088 #endif 6089 6090 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 6091 if (rlflag) 6092 { 6093 /* Clear rest first, because it's left of the text. */ 6094 if (clear_width > 0) 6095 { 6096 while (col <= endcol && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' 6097 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 6098 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6099 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) 6100 # endif 6101 ) 6102 { 6103 ++off_to; 6104 ++col; 6105 } 6106 if (col <= endcol) 6107 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, 6108 endcol + coloff + 1, ' ', ' ', 0); 6109 } 6110 col = endcol + 1; 6111 off_to = LineOffset[row] + col + coloff; 6112 off_from += col; 6113 endcol = (clear_width > 0 ? clear_width : -clear_width); 6114 } 6115 #endif /* FEAT_RIGHTLEFT */ 6116 6117 redraw_next = char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, endcol - col); 6118 6119 while (col < endcol) 6120 { 6121 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6122 if (has_mbyte && (col + 1 < endcol)) 6123 char_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off_from, max_off_from); 6124 else 6125 char_cells = 1; 6126 #endif 6127 6128 redraw_this = redraw_next; 6129 redraw_next = force || char_needs_redraw(off_from + CHAR_CELLS, 6130 off_to + CHAR_CELLS, endcol - col - CHAR_CELLS); 6131 6132 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6133 /* If the next character was bold, then redraw the current character to 6134 * remove any pixels that might have spilt over into us. This only 6135 * happens in the GUI. 6136 */ 6137 if (redraw_next && gui.in_use) 6138 { 6139 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to + CHAR_CELLS]; 6140 if (hl > HL_ALL) 6141 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); 6142 if (hl & HL_BOLD) 6143 redraw_this = TRUE; 6144 } 6145 #endif 6146 6147 if (redraw_this) 6148 { 6149 /* 6150 * Special handling when 'xs' termcap flag set (hpterm): 6151 * Attributes for characters are stored at the position where the 6152 * cursor is when writing the highlighting code. The 6153 * start-highlighting code must be written with the cursor on the 6154 * first highlighted character. The stop-highlighting code must 6155 * be written with the cursor just after the last highlighted 6156 * character. 6157 * Overwriting a character doesn't remove it's highlighting. Need 6158 * to clear the rest of the line, and force redrawing it 6159 * completely. 6160 */ 6161 if ( p_wiv 6162 && !force 6163 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6164 && !gui.in_use 6165 #endif 6166 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] != 0 6167 && ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) 6168 { 6169 /* 6170 * Need to remove highlighting attributes here. 6171 */ 6172 windgoto(row, col + coloff); 6173 out_str(T_CE); /* clear rest of this screen line */ 6174 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 6175 force = TRUE; /* force redraw of rest of the line */ 6176 redraw_next = TRUE; /* or else next char would miss out */ 6177 6178 /* 6179 * If the previous character was highlighted, need to stop 6180 * highlighting at this character. 6181 */ 6182 if (col + coloff > 0 && ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1] != 0) 6183 { 6184 screen_attr = ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]; 6185 term_windgoto(row, col + coloff); 6186 screen_stop_highlight(); 6187 } 6188 else 6189 screen_attr = 0; /* highlighting has stopped */ 6190 } 6191 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6192 if (enc_dbcs != 0) 6193 { 6194 /* Check if overwriting a double-byte with a single-byte or 6195 * the other way around requires another character to be 6196 * redrawn. For UTF-8 this isn't needed, because comparing 6197 * ScreenLinesUC[] is sufficient. */ 6198 if (char_cells == 1 6199 && col + 1 < endcol 6200 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) 6201 { 6202 /* Writing a single-cell character over a double-cell 6203 * character: need to redraw the next cell. */ 6204 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = 0; 6205 redraw_next = TRUE; 6206 } 6207 else if (char_cells == 2 6208 && col + 2 < endcol 6209 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 6210 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1) 6211 { 6212 /* Writing the second half of a double-cell character over 6213 * a double-cell character: need to redraw the second 6214 * cell. */ 6215 ScreenLines[off_to + 2] = 0; 6216 redraw_next = TRUE; 6217 } 6218 6219 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 6220 ScreenLines2[off_to] = ScreenLines2[off_from]; 6221 } 6222 /* When writing a single-width character over a double-width 6223 * character and at the end of the redrawn text, need to clear out 6224 * the right halve of the old character. 6225 * Also required when writing the right halve of a double-width 6226 * char over the left halve of an existing one. */ 6227 if (has_mbyte && col + char_cells == endcol 6228 && ((char_cells == 1 6229 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) 6230 || (char_cells == 2 6231 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 6232 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1))) 6233 clear_next = TRUE; 6234 #endif 6235 6236 ScreenLines[off_to] = ScreenLines[off_from]; 6237 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6238 if (enc_utf8) 6239 { 6240 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = ScreenLinesUC[off_from]; 6241 if (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0) 6242 { 6243 int i; 6244 6245 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 6246 ScreenLinesC[i][off_to] = ScreenLinesC[i][off_from]; 6247 } 6248 } 6249 if (char_cells == 2) 6250 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = ScreenLines[off_from + 1]; 6251 #endif 6252 6253 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 6254 /* The bold trick makes a single column of pixels appear in the 6255 * next character. When a bold character is removed, the next 6256 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI 6257 * and for some xterms. */ 6258 if ( 6259 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 6260 gui.in_use 6261 # endif 6262 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 6263 || 6264 # endif 6265 # ifdef UNIX 6266 term_is_xterm 6267 # endif 6268 ) 6269 { 6270 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; 6271 if (hl > HL_ALL) 6272 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); 6273 if (hl & HL_BOLD) 6274 redraw_next = TRUE; 6275 } 6276 #endif 6277 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; 6278 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6279 /* For simplicity set the attributes of second half of a 6280 * double-wide character equal to the first half. */ 6281 if (char_cells == 2) 6282 ScreenAttrs[off_to + 1] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; 6283 6284 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && char_cells == 2) 6285 screen_char_2(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6286 else 6287 #endif 6288 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6289 } 6290 else if ( p_wiv 6291 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6292 && !gui.in_use 6293 #endif 6294 && col + coloff > 0) 6295 { 6296 if (ScreenAttrs[off_to] == ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]) 6297 { 6298 /* 6299 * Don't output stop-highlight when moving the cursor, it will 6300 * stop the highlighting when it should continue. 6301 */ 6302 screen_attr = 0; 6303 } 6304 else if (screen_attr != 0) 6305 screen_stop_highlight(); 6306 } 6307 6308 off_to += CHAR_CELLS; 6309 off_from += CHAR_CELLS; 6310 col += CHAR_CELLS; 6311 } 6312 6313 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6314 if (clear_next) 6315 { 6316 /* Clear the second half of a double-wide character of which the left 6317 * half was overwritten with a single-wide character. */ 6318 ScreenLines[off_to] = ' '; 6319 if (enc_utf8) 6320 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; 6321 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6322 } 6323 #endif 6324 6325 if (clear_width > 0 6326 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 6327 && !rlflag 6328 #endif 6329 ) 6330 { 6331 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6332 int startCol = col; 6333 #endif 6334 6335 /* blank out the rest of the line */ 6336 while (col < clear_width && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' 6337 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 6338 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6339 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) 6340 #endif 6341 ) 6342 { 6343 ++off_to; 6344 ++col; 6345 } 6346 if (col < clear_width) 6347 { 6348 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6349 /* 6350 * In the GUI, clearing the rest of the line may leave pixels 6351 * behind if the first character cleared was bold. Some bold 6352 * fonts spill over the left. In this case we redraw the previous 6353 * character too. If we didn't skip any blanks above, then we 6354 * only redraw if the character wasn't already redrawn anyway. 6355 */ 6356 if (gui.in_use && (col > startCol || !redraw_this)) 6357 { 6358 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; 6359 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD)) 6360 { 6361 int prev_cells = 1; 6362 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6363 if (enc_utf8) 6364 /* for utf-8, ScreenLines[char_offset + 1] == 0 means 6365 * that its width is 2. */ 6366 prev_cells = ScreenLines[off_to - 1] == 0 ? 2 : 1; 6367 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) 6368 { 6369 /* find previous character by counting from first 6370 * column and get its width. */ 6371 unsigned off = LineOffset[row]; 6372 unsigned max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; 6373 6374 while (off < off_to) 6375 { 6376 prev_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off); 6377 off += prev_cells; 6378 } 6379 } 6380 6381 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && prev_cells > 1) 6382 screen_char_2(off_to - prev_cells, row, 6383 col + coloff - prev_cells); 6384 else 6385 # endif 6386 screen_char(off_to - prev_cells, row, 6387 col + coloff - prev_cells); 6388 } 6389 } 6390 #endif 6391 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, clear_width + coloff, 6392 ' ', ' ', 0); 6393 off_to += clear_width - col; 6394 col = clear_width; 6395 } 6396 } 6397 6398 if (clear_width > 0) 6399 { 6400 /* For a window that's left of another, draw the separator char. */ 6401 if (col + coloff < Columns) 6402 { 6403 int c; 6404 6405 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); 6406 if (ScreenLines[off_to] != (schar_T)c 6407 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6408 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off_to] 6409 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) 6410 #endif 6411 || ScreenAttrs[off_to] != hl) 6412 { 6413 ScreenLines[off_to] = c; 6414 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = hl; 6415 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6416 if (enc_utf8) 6417 { 6418 if (c >= 0x80) 6419 { 6420 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = c; 6421 ScreenLinesC[0][off_to] = 0; 6422 } 6423 else 6424 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; 6425 } 6426 #endif 6427 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6428 } 6429 } 6430 else 6431 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; 6432 } 6433 } 6434 6435 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) 6436 /* 6437 * Mirror text "str" for right-left displaying. 6438 * Only works for single-byte characters (e.g., numbers). 6439 */ 6440 void 6441 rl_mirror(char_u *str) 6442 { 6443 char_u *p1, *p2; 6444 int t; 6445 6446 for (p1 = str, p2 = str + STRLEN(str) - 1; p1 < p2; ++p1, --p2) 6447 { 6448 t = *p1; 6449 *p1 = *p2; 6450 *p2 = t; 6451 } 6452 } 6453 #endif 6454 6455 /* 6456 * mark all status lines for redraw; used after first :cd 6457 */ 6458 void 6459 status_redraw_all(void) 6460 { 6461 win_T *wp; 6462 6463 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6464 if (wp->w_status_height) 6465 { 6466 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6467 redraw_later(VALID); 6468 } 6469 } 6470 6471 /* 6472 * mark all status lines of the current buffer for redraw 6473 */ 6474 void 6475 status_redraw_curbuf(void) 6476 { 6477 win_T *wp; 6478 6479 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6480 if (wp->w_status_height != 0 && wp->w_buffer == curbuf) 6481 { 6482 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6483 redraw_later(VALID); 6484 } 6485 } 6486 6487 /* 6488 * Redraw all status lines that need to be redrawn. 6489 */ 6490 void 6491 redraw_statuslines(void) 6492 { 6493 win_T *wp; 6494 6495 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6496 if (wp->w_redr_status) 6497 win_redr_status(wp); 6498 if (redraw_tabline) 6499 draw_tabline(); 6500 } 6501 6502 #if defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(PROTO) 6503 /* 6504 * Redraw all status lines at the bottom of frame "frp". 6505 */ 6506 void 6507 win_redraw_last_status(frame_T *frp) 6508 { 6509 if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF) 6510 frp->fr_win->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6511 else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW) 6512 { 6513 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) 6514 win_redraw_last_status(frp); 6515 } 6516 else /* frp->fr_layout == FR_COL */ 6517 { 6518 frp = frp->fr_child; 6519 while (frp->fr_next != NULL) 6520 frp = frp->fr_next; 6521 win_redraw_last_status(frp); 6522 } 6523 } 6524 #endif 6525 6526 /* 6527 * Draw the verticap separator right of window "wp" starting with line "row". 6528 */ 6529 static void 6530 draw_vsep_win(win_T *wp, int row) 6531 { 6532 int hl; 6533 int c; 6534 6535 if (wp->w_vsep_width) 6536 { 6537 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ 6538 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); 6539 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 6540 W_ENDCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) + 1, 6541 c, ' ', hl); 6542 } 6543 } 6544 6545 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU 6546 static int status_match_len(expand_T *xp, char_u *s); 6547 static int skip_status_match_char(expand_T *xp, char_u *s); 6548 6549 /* 6550 * Get the length of an item as it will be shown in the status line. 6551 */ 6552 static int 6553 status_match_len(expand_T *xp, char_u *s) 6554 { 6555 int len = 0; 6556 6557 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6558 int emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 6559 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); 6560 6561 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|'. */ 6562 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) 6563 return 1; 6564 #endif 6565 6566 while (*s != NUL) 6567 { 6568 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); 6569 len += ptr2cells(s); 6570 MB_PTR_ADV(s); 6571 } 6572 6573 return len; 6574 } 6575 6576 /* 6577 * Return the number of characters that should be skipped in a status match. 6578 * These are backslashes used for escaping. Do show backslashes in help tags. 6579 */ 6580 static int 6581 skip_status_match_char(expand_T *xp, char_u *s) 6582 { 6583 if ((rem_backslash(s) && xp->xp_context != EXPAND_HELP) 6584 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6585 || ((xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 6586 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES) 6587 && (s[0] == '\t' || (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != NUL))) 6588 #endif 6589 ) 6590 { 6591 #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME 6592 if (xp->xp_shell && csh_like_shell() && s[1] == '\\' && s[2] == '!') 6593 return 2; 6594 #endif 6595 return 1; 6596 } 6597 return 0; 6598 } 6599 6600 /* 6601 * Show wildchar matches in the status line. 6602 * Show at least the "match" item. 6603 * We start at item 'first_match' in the list and show all matches that fit. 6604 * 6605 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. 6606 */ 6607 void 6608 win_redr_status_matches( 6609 expand_T *xp, 6610 int num_matches, 6611 char_u **matches, /* list of matches */ 6612 int match, 6613 int showtail) 6614 { 6615 #define L_MATCH(m) (showtail ? sm_gettail(matches[m]) : matches[m]) 6616 int row; 6617 char_u *buf; 6618 int len; 6619 int clen; /* length in screen cells */ 6620 int fillchar; 6621 int attr; 6622 int i; 6623 int highlight = TRUE; 6624 char_u *selstart = NULL; 6625 int selstart_col = 0; 6626 char_u *selend = NULL; 6627 static int first_match = 0; 6628 int add_left = FALSE; 6629 char_u *s; 6630 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6631 int emenu; 6632 #endif 6633 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_MENU) 6634 int l; 6635 #endif 6636 6637 if (matches == NULL) /* interrupted completion? */ 6638 return; 6639 6640 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6641 if (has_mbyte) 6642 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns * MB_MAXBYTES + 1); 6643 else 6644 #endif 6645 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns + 1); 6646 if (buf == NULL) 6647 return; 6648 6649 if (match == -1) /* don't show match but original text */ 6650 { 6651 match = 0; 6652 highlight = FALSE; 6653 } 6654 /* count 1 for the ending ">" */ 6655 clen = status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(match)) + 3; 6656 if (match == 0) 6657 first_match = 0; 6658 else if (match < first_match) 6659 { 6660 /* jumping left, as far as we can go */ 6661 first_match = match; 6662 add_left = TRUE; 6663 } 6664 else 6665 { 6666 /* check if match fits on the screen */ 6667 for (i = first_match; i < match; ++i) 6668 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; 6669 if (first_match > 0) 6670 clen += 2; 6671 /* jumping right, put match at the left */ 6672 if ((long)clen > Columns) 6673 { 6674 first_match = match; 6675 /* if showing the last match, we can add some on the left */ 6676 clen = 2; 6677 for (i = match; i < num_matches; ++i) 6678 { 6679 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; 6680 if ((long)clen >= Columns) 6681 break; 6682 } 6683 if (i == num_matches) 6684 add_left = TRUE; 6685 } 6686 } 6687 if (add_left) 6688 while (first_match > 0) 6689 { 6690 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(first_match - 1)) + 2; 6691 if ((long)clen >= Columns) 6692 break; 6693 --first_match; 6694 } 6695 6696 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, curwin); 6697 6698 if (first_match == 0) 6699 { 6700 *buf = NUL; 6701 len = 0; 6702 } 6703 else 6704 { 6705 STRCPY(buf, "< "); 6706 len = 2; 6707 } 6708 clen = len; 6709 6710 i = first_match; 6711 while ((long)(clen + status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2) < Columns) 6712 { 6713 if (i == match) 6714 { 6715 selstart = buf + len; 6716 selstart_col = clen; 6717 } 6718 6719 s = L_MATCH(i); 6720 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|' */ 6721 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6722 emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 6723 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); 6724 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) 6725 { 6726 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar('|')); 6727 l = (int)STRLEN(buf + len); 6728 len += l; 6729 clen += l; 6730 } 6731 else 6732 #endif 6733 for ( ; *s != NUL; ++s) 6734 { 6735 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); 6736 clen += ptr2cells(s); 6737 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6738 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) > 1) 6739 { 6740 STRNCPY(buf + len, s, l); 6741 s += l - 1; 6742 len += l; 6743 } 6744 else 6745 #endif 6746 { 6747 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar_byte(*s)); 6748 len += (int)STRLEN(buf + len); 6749 } 6750 } 6751 if (i == match) 6752 selend = buf + len; 6753 6754 *(buf + len++) = ' '; 6755 *(buf + len++) = ' '; 6756 clen += 2; 6757 if (++i == num_matches) 6758 break; 6759 } 6760 6761 if (i != num_matches) 6762 { 6763 *(buf + len++) = '>'; 6764 ++clen; 6765 } 6766 6767 buf[len] = NUL; 6768 6769 row = cmdline_row - 1; 6770 if (row >= 0) 6771 { 6772 if (wild_menu_showing == 0) 6773 { 6774 if (msg_scrolled > 0) 6775 { 6776 /* Put the wildmenu just above the command line. If there is 6777 * no room, scroll the screen one line up. */ 6778 if (cmdline_row == Rows - 1) 6779 { 6780 screen_del_lines(0, 0, 1, (int)Rows, TRUE, 0, NULL); 6781 ++msg_scrolled; 6782 } 6783 else 6784 { 6785 ++cmdline_row; 6786 ++row; 6787 } 6788 wild_menu_showing = WM_SCROLLED; 6789 } 6790 else 6791 { 6792 /* Create status line if needed by setting 'laststatus' to 2. 6793 * Set 'winminheight' to zero to avoid that the window is 6794 * resized. */ 6795 if (lastwin->w_status_height == 0) 6796 { 6797 save_p_ls = p_ls; 6798 save_p_wmh = p_wmh; 6799 p_ls = 2; 6800 p_wmh = 0; 6801 last_status(FALSE); 6802 } 6803 wild_menu_showing = WM_SHOWN; 6804 } 6805 } 6806 6807 screen_puts(buf, row, 0, attr); 6808 if (selstart != NULL && highlight) 6809 { 6810 *selend = NUL; 6811 screen_puts(selstart, row, selstart_col, HL_ATTR(HLF_WM)); 6812 } 6813 6814 screen_fill(row, row + 1, clen, (int)Columns, fillchar, fillchar, attr); 6815 } 6816 6817 win_redraw_last_status(topframe); 6818 vim_free(buf); 6819 } 6820 #endif 6821 6822 /* 6823 * Redraw the status line of window wp. 6824 * 6825 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. 6826 */ 6827 void 6828 win_redr_status(win_T *wp) 6829 { 6830 int row; 6831 char_u *p; 6832 int len; 6833 int fillchar; 6834 int attr; 6835 int this_ru_col; 6836 static int busy = FALSE; 6837 6838 /* It's possible to get here recursively when 'statusline' (indirectly) 6839 * invokes ":redrawstatus". Simply ignore the call then. */ 6840 if (busy) 6841 return; 6842 busy = TRUE; 6843 6844 wp->w_redr_status = FALSE; 6845 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) 6846 { 6847 /* no status line, can only be last window */ 6848 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 6849 } 6850 else if (!redrawing() 6851 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 6852 /* don't update status line when popup menu is visible and may be 6853 * drawn over it */ 6854 || pum_visible() 6855 #endif 6856 ) 6857 { 6858 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ 6859 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6860 } 6861 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 6862 else if (*p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL) 6863 { 6864 /* redraw custom status line */ 6865 redraw_custom_statusline(wp); 6866 } 6867 #endif 6868 else 6869 { 6870 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp); 6871 6872 get_trans_bufname(wp->w_buffer); 6873 p = NameBuff; 6874 len = (int)STRLEN(p); 6875 6876 if (bt_help(wp->w_buffer) 6877 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 6878 || wp->w_p_pvw 6879 #endif 6880 || bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer) 6881 || wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) 6882 *(p + len++) = ' '; 6883 if (bt_help(wp->w_buffer)) 6884 { 6885 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Help]")); 6886 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 6887 } 6888 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 6889 if (wp->w_p_pvw) 6890 { 6891 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Preview]")); 6892 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 6893 } 6894 #endif 6895 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer) 6896 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 6897 && !bt_terminal(wp->w_buffer) 6898 #endif 6899 ) 6900 { 6901 STRCPY(p + len, "[+]"); 6902 len += 3; 6903 } 6904 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) 6905 { 6906 STRCPY(p + len, _("[RO]")); 6907 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 6908 } 6909 6910 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - wp->w_width); 6911 if (this_ru_col < (wp->w_width + 1) / 2) 6912 this_ru_col = (wp->w_width + 1) / 2; 6913 if (this_ru_col <= 1) 6914 { 6915 p = (char_u *)"<"; /* No room for file name! */ 6916 len = 1; 6917 } 6918 else 6919 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6920 if (has_mbyte) 6921 { 6922 int clen = 0, i; 6923 6924 /* Count total number of display cells. */ 6925 clen = mb_string2cells(p, -1); 6926 6927 /* Find first character that will fit. 6928 * Going from start to end is much faster for DBCS. */ 6929 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && clen >= this_ru_col - 1; 6930 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i)) 6931 clen -= (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i); 6932 len = clen; 6933 if (i > 0) 6934 { 6935 p = p + i - 1; 6936 *p = '<'; 6937 ++len; 6938 } 6939 6940 } 6941 else 6942 #endif 6943 if (len > this_ru_col - 1) 6944 { 6945 p += len - (this_ru_col - 1); 6946 *p = '<'; 6947 len = this_ru_col - 1; 6948 } 6949 6950 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 6951 screen_puts(p, row, wp->w_wincol, attr); 6952 screen_fill(row, row + 1, len + wp->w_wincol, 6953 this_ru_col + wp->w_wincol, fillchar, fillchar, attr); 6954 6955 if (get_keymap_str(wp, (char_u *)"<%s>", NameBuff, MAXPATHL) 6956 && (int)(this_ru_col - len) > (int)(STRLEN(NameBuff) + 1)) 6957 screen_puts(NameBuff, row, (int)(this_ru_col - STRLEN(NameBuff) 6958 - 1 + wp->w_wincol), attr); 6959 6960 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 6961 win_redr_ruler(wp, TRUE); 6962 #endif 6963 } 6964 6965 /* 6966 * May need to draw the character below the vertical separator. 6967 */ 6968 if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0 && wp->w_status_height != 0 && redrawing()) 6969 { 6970 if (stl_connected(wp)) 6971 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp); 6972 else 6973 fillchar = fillchar_vsep(&attr); 6974 screen_putchar(fillchar, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, W_ENDCOL(wp), 6975 attr); 6976 } 6977 busy = FALSE; 6978 } 6979 6980 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 6981 /* 6982 * Redraw the status line according to 'statusline' and take care of any 6983 * errors encountered. 6984 */ 6985 static void 6986 redraw_custom_statusline(win_T *wp) 6987 { 6988 static int entered = FALSE; 6989 int saved_did_emsg = did_emsg; 6990 6991 /* When called recursively return. This can happen when the statusline 6992 * contains an expression that triggers a redraw. */ 6993 if (entered) 6994 return; 6995 entered = TRUE; 6996 6997 did_emsg = FALSE; 6998 win_redr_custom(wp, FALSE); 6999 if (did_emsg) 7000 { 7001 /* When there is an error disable the statusline, otherwise the 7002 * display is messed up with errors and a redraw triggers the problem 7003 * again and again. */ 7004 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"statusline", -1, 7005 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE | (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL 7006 ? OPT_LOCAL : OPT_GLOBAL), SID_ERROR); 7007 } 7008 did_emsg |= saved_did_emsg; 7009 entered = FALSE; 7010 } 7011 #endif 7012 7013 /* 7014 * Return TRUE if the status line of window "wp" is connected to the status 7015 * line of the window right of it. If not, then it's a vertical separator. 7016 * Only call if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0). 7017 */ 7018 int 7019 stl_connected(win_T *wp) 7020 { 7021 frame_T *fr; 7022 7023 fr = wp->w_frame; 7024 while (fr->fr_parent != NULL) 7025 { 7026 if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL) 7027 { 7028 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) 7029 break; 7030 } 7031 else 7032 { 7033 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) 7034 return TRUE; 7035 } 7036 fr = fr->fr_parent; 7037 } 7038 return FALSE; 7039 } 7040 7041 7042 /* 7043 * Get the value to show for the language mappings, active 'keymap'. 7044 */ 7045 int 7046 get_keymap_str( 7047 win_T *wp, 7048 char_u *fmt, /* format string containing one %s item */ 7049 char_u *buf, /* buffer for the result */ 7050 int len) /* length of buffer */ 7051 { 7052 char_u *p; 7053 7054 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_iminsert != B_IMODE_LMAP) 7055 return FALSE; 7056 7057 { 7058 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7059 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf; 7060 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; 7061 char_u *s; 7062 7063 curbuf = wp->w_buffer; 7064 curwin = wp; 7065 STRCPY(buf, "b:keymap_name"); /* must be writable */ 7066 ++emsg_skip; 7067 s = p = eval_to_string(buf, NULL, FALSE); 7068 --emsg_skip; 7069 curbuf = old_curbuf; 7070 curwin = old_curwin; 7071 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL) 7072 #endif 7073 { 7074 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP 7075 if (wp->w_buffer->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_LOADED) 7076 p = wp->w_buffer->b_p_keymap; 7077 else 7078 #endif 7079 p = (char_u *)"lang"; 7080 } 7081 if (vim_snprintf((char *)buf, len, (char *)fmt, p) > len - 1) 7082 buf[0] = NUL; 7083 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7084 vim_free(s); 7085 #endif 7086 } 7087 return buf[0] != NUL; 7088 } 7089 7090 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) 7091 /* 7092 * Redraw the status line or ruler of window "wp". 7093 * When "wp" is NULL redraw the tab pages line from 'tabline'. 7094 */ 7095 static void 7096 win_redr_custom( 7097 win_T *wp, 7098 int draw_ruler) /* TRUE or FALSE */ 7099 { 7100 static int entered = FALSE; 7101 int attr; 7102 int curattr; 7103 int row; 7104 int col = 0; 7105 int maxwidth; 7106 int width; 7107 int n; 7108 int len; 7109 int fillchar; 7110 char_u buf[MAXPATHL]; 7111 char_u *stl; 7112 char_u *p; 7113 struct stl_hlrec hltab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; 7114 struct stl_hlrec tabtab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; 7115 int use_sandbox = FALSE; 7116 win_T *ewp; 7117 int p_crb_save; 7118 7119 /* There is a tiny chance that this gets called recursively: When 7120 * redrawing a status line triggers redrawing the ruler or tabline. 7121 * Avoid trouble by not allowing recursion. */ 7122 if (entered) 7123 return; 7124 entered = TRUE; 7125 7126 /* setup environment for the task at hand */ 7127 if (wp == NULL) 7128 { 7129 /* Use 'tabline'. Always at the first line of the screen. */ 7130 stl = p_tal; 7131 row = 0; 7132 fillchar = ' '; 7133 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_TPF); 7134 maxwidth = Columns; 7135 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7136 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"tabline", 0); 7137 # endif 7138 } 7139 else 7140 { 7141 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 7142 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp); 7143 maxwidth = wp->w_width; 7144 7145 if (draw_ruler) 7146 { 7147 stl = p_ruf; 7148 /* advance past any leading group spec - implicit in ru_col */ 7149 if (*stl == '%') 7150 { 7151 if (*++stl == '-') 7152 stl++; 7153 if (atoi((char *)stl)) 7154 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*stl)) 7155 stl++; 7156 if (*stl++ != '(') 7157 stl = p_ruf; 7158 } 7159 col = ru_col - (Columns - wp->w_width); 7160 if (col < (wp->w_width + 1) / 2) 7161 col = (wp->w_width + 1) / 2; 7162 maxwidth = wp->w_width - col; 7163 if (!wp->w_status_height) 7164 { 7165 row = Rows - 1; 7166 --maxwidth; /* writing in last column may cause scrolling */ 7167 fillchar = ' '; 7168 attr = 0; 7169 } 7170 7171 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7172 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"rulerformat", 0); 7173 # endif 7174 } 7175 else 7176 { 7177 if (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL) 7178 stl = wp->w_p_stl; 7179 else 7180 stl = p_stl; 7181 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7182 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"statusline", 7183 *wp->w_p_stl == NUL ? 0 : OPT_LOCAL); 7184 # endif 7185 } 7186 7187 col += wp->w_wincol; 7188 } 7189 7190 if (maxwidth <= 0) 7191 goto theend; 7192 7193 /* Temporarily reset 'cursorbind', we don't want a side effect from moving 7194 * the cursor away and back. */ 7195 ewp = wp == NULL ? curwin : wp; 7196 p_crb_save = ewp->w_p_crb; 7197 ewp->w_p_crb = FALSE; 7198 7199 /* Make a copy, because the statusline may include a function call that 7200 * might change the option value and free the memory. */ 7201 stl = vim_strsave(stl); 7202 width = build_stl_str_hl(ewp, buf, sizeof(buf), 7203 stl, use_sandbox, 7204 fillchar, maxwidth, hltab, tabtab); 7205 vim_free(stl); 7206 ewp->w_p_crb = p_crb_save; 7207 7208 /* Make all characters printable. */ 7209 p = transstr(buf); 7210 if (p != NULL) 7211 { 7212 vim_strncpy(buf, p, sizeof(buf) - 1); 7213 vim_free(p); 7214 } 7215 7216 /* fill up with "fillchar" */ 7217 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); 7218 while (width < maxwidth && len < (int)sizeof(buf) - 1) 7219 { 7220 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7221 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buf + len); 7222 #else 7223 buf[len++] = fillchar; 7224 #endif 7225 ++width; 7226 } 7227 buf[len] = NUL; 7228 7229 /* 7230 * Draw each snippet with the specified highlighting. 7231 */ 7232 curattr = attr; 7233 p = buf; 7234 for (n = 0; hltab[n].start != NULL; n++) 7235 { 7236 len = (int)(hltab[n].start - p); 7237 screen_puts_len(p, len, row, col, curattr); 7238 col += vim_strnsize(p, len); 7239 p = hltab[n].start; 7240 7241 if (hltab[n].userhl == 0) 7242 curattr = attr; 7243 else if (hltab[n].userhl < 0) 7244 curattr = syn_id2attr(-hltab[n].userhl); 7245 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 7246 else if (wp != NULL && wp != curwin && bt_terminal(wp->w_buffer) 7247 && wp->w_status_height != 0) 7248 curattr = highlight_stltermnc[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; 7249 else if (wp != NULL && bt_terminal(wp->w_buffer) 7250 && wp->w_status_height != 0) 7251 curattr = highlight_stlterm[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; 7252 #endif 7253 else if (wp != NULL && wp != curwin && wp->w_status_height != 0) 7254 curattr = highlight_stlnc[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; 7255 else 7256 curattr = highlight_user[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; 7257 } 7258 screen_puts(p, row, col, curattr); 7259 7260 if (wp == NULL) 7261 { 7262 /* Fill the TabPageIdxs[] array for clicking in the tab pagesline. */ 7263 col = 0; 7264 len = 0; 7265 p = buf; 7266 fillchar = 0; 7267 for (n = 0; tabtab[n].start != NULL; n++) 7268 { 7269 len += vim_strnsize(p, (int)(tabtab[n].start - p)); 7270 while (col < len) 7271 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; 7272 p = tabtab[n].start; 7273 fillchar = tabtab[n].userhl; 7274 } 7275 while (col < Columns) 7276 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; 7277 } 7278 7279 theend: 7280 entered = FALSE; 7281 } 7282 7283 #endif /* FEAT_STL_OPT */ 7284 7285 /* 7286 * Output a single character directly to the screen and update ScreenLines. 7287 */ 7288 void 7289 screen_putchar(int c, int row, int col, int attr) 7290 { 7291 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 7292 7293 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7294 if (has_mbyte) 7295 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; 7296 else 7297 #endif 7298 { 7299 buf[0] = c; 7300 buf[1] = NUL; 7301 } 7302 screen_puts(buf, row, col, attr); 7303 } 7304 7305 /* 7306 * Get a single character directly from ScreenLines into "bytes[]". 7307 * Also return its attribute in *attrp; 7308 */ 7309 void 7310 screen_getbytes(int row, int col, char_u *bytes, int *attrp) 7311 { 7312 unsigned off; 7313 7314 /* safety check */ 7315 if (ScreenLines != NULL && row < screen_Rows && col < screen_Columns) 7316 { 7317 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 7318 *attrp = ScreenAttrs[off]; 7319 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; 7320 bytes[1] = NUL; 7321 7322 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7323 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) 7324 bytes[utfc_char2bytes(off, bytes)] = NUL; 7325 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 7326 { 7327 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; 7328 bytes[1] = ScreenLines2[off]; 7329 bytes[2] = NUL; 7330 } 7331 else if (enc_dbcs && MB_BYTE2LEN(bytes[0]) > 1) 7332 { 7333 bytes[1] = ScreenLines[off + 1]; 7334 bytes[2] = NUL; 7335 } 7336 #endif 7337 } 7338 } 7339 7340 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7341 static int screen_comp_differs(int, int*); 7342 7343 /* 7344 * Return TRUE if composing characters for screen posn "off" differs from 7345 * composing characters in "u8cc". 7346 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0. 7347 */ 7348 static int 7349 screen_comp_differs(int off, int *u8cc) 7350 { 7351 int i; 7352 7353 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 7354 { 7355 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off] != (u8char_T)u8cc[i]) 7356 return TRUE; 7357 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 7358 break; 7359 } 7360 return FALSE; 7361 } 7362 #endif 7363 7364 /* 7365 * Put string '*text' on the screen at position 'row' and 'col', with 7366 * attributes 'attr', and update ScreenLines[] and ScreenAttrs[]. 7367 * Note: only outputs within one row, message is truncated at screen boundary! 7368 * Note: if ScreenLines[], row and/or col is invalid, nothing is done. 7369 */ 7370 void 7371 screen_puts( 7372 char_u *text, 7373 int row, 7374 int col, 7375 int attr) 7376 { 7377 screen_puts_len(text, -1, row, col, attr); 7378 } 7379 7380 /* 7381 * Like screen_puts(), but output "text[len]". When "len" is -1 output up to 7382 * a NUL. 7383 */ 7384 void 7385 screen_puts_len( 7386 char_u *text, 7387 int textlen, 7388 int row, 7389 int col, 7390 int attr) 7391 { 7392 unsigned off; 7393 char_u *ptr = text; 7394 int len = textlen; 7395 int c; 7396 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7397 unsigned max_off; 7398 int mbyte_blen = 1; 7399 int mbyte_cells = 1; 7400 int u8c = 0; 7401 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; 7402 int clear_next_cell = FALSE; 7403 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 7404 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 7405 int pc, nc, nc1; 7406 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; 7407 # endif 7408 #endif 7409 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7410 int force_redraw_this; 7411 int force_redraw_next = FALSE; 7412 #endif 7413 int need_redraw; 7414 7415 if (ScreenLines == NULL || row >= screen_Rows) /* safety check */ 7416 return; 7417 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 7418 7419 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7420 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear out the 7421 * left halve. Only needed in a terminal. */ 7422 if (has_mbyte && col > 0 && col < screen_Columns 7423 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 7424 && !gui.in_use 7425 # endif 7426 && mb_fix_col(col, row) != col) 7427 { 7428 ScreenLines[off - 1] = ' '; 7429 ScreenAttrs[off - 1] = 0; 7430 if (enc_utf8) 7431 { 7432 ScreenLinesUC[off - 1] = 0; 7433 ScreenLinesC[0][off - 1] = 0; 7434 } 7435 /* redraw the previous cell, make it empty */ 7436 screen_char(off - 1, row, col - 1); 7437 /* force the cell at "col" to be redrawn */ 7438 force_redraw_next = TRUE; 7439 } 7440 #endif 7441 7442 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7443 max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; 7444 #endif 7445 while (col < screen_Columns 7446 && (len < 0 || (int)(ptr - text) < len) 7447 && *ptr != NUL) 7448 { 7449 c = *ptr; 7450 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7451 /* check if this is the first byte of a multibyte */ 7452 if (has_mbyte) 7453 { 7454 if (enc_utf8 && len > 0) 7455 mbyte_blen = utfc_ptr2len_len(ptr, (int)((text + len) - ptr)); 7456 else 7457 mbyte_blen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 7458 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) 7459 mbyte_cells = 1; 7460 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) 7461 mbyte_cells = mbyte_blen; 7462 else /* enc_utf8 */ 7463 { 7464 if (len >= 0) 7465 u8c = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr, u8cc, 7466 (int)((text + len) - ptr)); 7467 else 7468 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); 7469 mbyte_cells = utf_char2cells(u8c); 7470 # ifdef UNICODE16 7471 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ 7472 if (u8c >= 0x10000) 7473 { 7474 u8c = (mbyte_cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; 7475 if (attr == 0) 7476 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 7477 } 7478 # endif 7479 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 7480 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) 7481 { 7482 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 7483 if (len >= 0 && (int)(ptr - text) + mbyte_blen >= len) 7484 { 7485 /* Past end of string to be displayed. */ 7486 nc = NUL; 7487 nc1 = NUL; 7488 } 7489 else 7490 { 7491 nc = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr + mbyte_blen, pcc, 7492 (int)((text + len) - ptr - mbyte_blen)); 7493 nc1 = pcc[0]; 7494 } 7495 pc = prev_c; 7496 prev_c = u8c; 7497 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &c, &u8cc[0], nc, nc1, pc); 7498 } 7499 else 7500 prev_c = u8c; 7501 # endif 7502 if (col + mbyte_cells > screen_Columns) 7503 { 7504 /* Only 1 cell left, but character requires 2 cells: 7505 * display a '>' in the last column to avoid wrapping. */ 7506 c = '>'; 7507 mbyte_cells = 1; 7508 } 7509 } 7510 } 7511 #endif 7512 7513 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7514 force_redraw_this = force_redraw_next; 7515 force_redraw_next = FALSE; 7516 #endif 7517 7518 need_redraw = ScreenLines[off] != c 7519 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7520 || (mbyte_cells == 2 7521 && ScreenLines[off + 1] != (enc_dbcs ? ptr[1] : 0)) 7522 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU 7523 && c == 0x8e 7524 && ScreenLines2[off] != ptr[1]) 7525 || (enc_utf8 7526 && (ScreenLinesUC[off] != 7527 (u8char_T)(c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0 ? 0 : u8c) 7528 || (ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0 7529 && screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc)))) 7530 #endif 7531 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr 7532 || exmode_active; 7533 7534 if (need_redraw 7535 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7536 || force_redraw_this 7537 #endif 7538 ) 7539 { 7540 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7541 /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next 7542 * character. When a bold character is removed, the next 7543 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI 7544 * and for some xterms. */ 7545 if (need_redraw && ScreenLines[off] != ' ' && ( 7546 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 7547 gui.in_use 7548 # endif 7549 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 7550 || 7551 # endif 7552 # ifdef UNIX 7553 term_is_xterm 7554 # endif 7555 )) 7556 { 7557 int n = ScreenAttrs[off]; 7558 7559 if (n > HL_ALL) 7560 n = syn_attr2attr(n); 7561 if (n & HL_BOLD) 7562 force_redraw_next = TRUE; 7563 } 7564 #endif 7565 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7566 /* When at the end of the text and overwriting a two-cell 7567 * character with a one-cell character, need to clear the next 7568 * cell. Also when overwriting the left halve of a two-cell char 7569 * with the right halve of a two-cell char. Do this only once 7570 * (mb_off2cells() may return 2 on the right halve). */ 7571 if (clear_next_cell) 7572 clear_next_cell = FALSE; 7573 else if (has_mbyte 7574 && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] == NUL 7575 : ptr + mbyte_blen >= text + len) 7576 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) 7577 || (mbyte_cells == 2 7578 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 7579 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) 7580 clear_next_cell = TRUE; 7581 7582 /* Make sure we never leave a second byte of a double-byte behind, 7583 * it confuses mb_off2cells(). */ 7584 if (enc_dbcs 7585 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) 7586 || (mbyte_cells == 2 7587 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 7588 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) 7589 ScreenLines[off + mbyte_blen] = 0; 7590 #endif 7591 ScreenLines[off] = c; 7592 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; 7593 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7594 if (enc_utf8) 7595 { 7596 if (c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) 7597 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 7598 else 7599 { 7600 int i; 7601 7602 ScreenLinesUC[off] = u8c; 7603 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 7604 { 7605 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; 7606 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 7607 break; 7608 } 7609 } 7610 if (mbyte_cells == 2) 7611 { 7612 ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0; 7613 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; 7614 } 7615 screen_char(off, row, col); 7616 } 7617 else if (mbyte_cells == 2) 7618 { 7619 ScreenLines[off + 1] = ptr[1]; 7620 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; 7621 screen_char_2(off, row, col); 7622 } 7623 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) 7624 { 7625 ScreenLines2[off] = ptr[1]; 7626 screen_char(off, row, col); 7627 } 7628 else 7629 #endif 7630 screen_char(off, row, col); 7631 } 7632 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7633 if (has_mbyte) 7634 { 7635 off += mbyte_cells; 7636 col += mbyte_cells; 7637 ptr += mbyte_blen; 7638 if (clear_next_cell) 7639 { 7640 /* This only happens at the end, display one space next. */ 7641 ptr = (char_u *)" "; 7642 len = -1; 7643 } 7644 } 7645 else 7646 #endif 7647 { 7648 ++off; 7649 ++col; 7650 ++ptr; 7651 } 7652 } 7653 7654 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7655 /* If we detected the next character needs to be redrawn, but the text 7656 * doesn't extend up to there, update the character here. */ 7657 if (force_redraw_next && col < screen_Columns) 7658 { 7659 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7660 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off, max_off) > 1) 7661 screen_char_2(off, row, col); 7662 else 7663 # endif 7664 screen_char(off, row, col); 7665 } 7666 #endif 7667 } 7668 7669 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 7670 /* 7671 * Prepare for 'hlsearch' highlighting. 7672 */ 7673 static void 7674 start_search_hl(void) 7675 { 7676 if (p_hls && !no_hlsearch) 7677 { 7678 last_pat_prog(&search_hl.rm); 7679 search_hl.attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_L); 7680 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7681 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ 7682 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &search_hl.tm); 7683 # endif 7684 } 7685 } 7686 7687 /* 7688 * Clean up for 'hlsearch' highlighting. 7689 */ 7690 static void 7691 end_search_hl(void) 7692 { 7693 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL) 7694 { 7695 vim_regfree(search_hl.rm.regprog); 7696 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; 7697 } 7698 } 7699 7700 /* 7701 * Init for calling prepare_search_hl(). 7702 */ 7703 static void 7704 init_search_hl(win_T *wp) 7705 { 7706 matchitem_T *cur; 7707 7708 /* Setup for match and 'hlsearch' highlighting. Disable any previous 7709 * match */ 7710 cur = wp->w_match_head; 7711 while (cur != NULL) 7712 { 7713 cur->hl.rm = cur->match; 7714 if (cur->hlg_id == 0) 7715 cur->hl.attr = 0; 7716 else 7717 cur->hl.attr = syn_id2attr(cur->hlg_id); 7718 cur->hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; 7719 cur->hl.lnum = 0; 7720 cur->hl.first_lnum = 0; 7721 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7722 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ 7723 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &(cur->hl.tm)); 7724 # endif 7725 cur = cur->next; 7726 } 7727 search_hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; 7728 search_hl.lnum = 0; 7729 search_hl.first_lnum = 0; 7730 /* time limit is set at the toplevel, for all windows */ 7731 } 7732 7733 /* 7734 * Advance to the match in window "wp" line "lnum" or past it. 7735 */ 7736 static void 7737 prepare_search_hl(win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum) 7738 { 7739 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ 7740 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ 7741 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl 7742 has been processed or not */ 7743 int pos_inprogress; /* marks that position match search is 7744 in progress */ 7745 int n; 7746 7747 /* 7748 * When using a multi-line pattern, start searching at the top 7749 * of the window or just after a closed fold. 7750 * Do this both for search_hl and the match list. 7751 */ 7752 cur = wp->w_match_head; 7753 shl_flag = FALSE; 7754 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 7755 { 7756 if (shl_flag == FALSE) 7757 { 7758 shl = &search_hl; 7759 shl_flag = TRUE; 7760 } 7761 else 7762 shl = &cur->hl; 7763 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL 7764 && shl->lnum == 0 7765 && re_multiline(shl->rm.regprog)) 7766 { 7767 if (shl->first_lnum == 0) 7768 { 7769 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 7770 for (shl->first_lnum = lnum; 7771 shl->first_lnum > wp->w_topline; --shl->first_lnum) 7772 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, shl->first_lnum - 1, 7773 NULL, NULL, TRUE, NULL)) 7774 break; 7775 # else 7776 shl->first_lnum = wp->w_topline; 7777 # endif 7778 } 7779 if (cur != NULL) 7780 cur->pos.cur = 0; 7781 pos_inprogress = TRUE; 7782 n = 0; 7783 while (shl->first_lnum < lnum && (shl->rm.regprog != NULL 7784 || (cur != NULL && pos_inprogress))) 7785 { 7786 next_search_hl(wp, shl, shl->first_lnum, (colnr_T)n, 7787 shl == &search_hl ? NULL : cur); 7788 pos_inprogress = cur == NULL || cur->pos.cur == 0 7789 ? FALSE : TRUE; 7790 if (shl->lnum != 0) 7791 { 7792 shl->first_lnum = shl->lnum 7793 + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum 7794 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 7795 n = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 7796 } 7797 else 7798 { 7799 ++shl->first_lnum; 7800 n = 0; 7801 } 7802 } 7803 } 7804 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 7805 cur = cur->next; 7806 } 7807 } 7808 7809 /* 7810 * Search for a next 'hlsearch' or match. 7811 * Uses shl->buf. 7812 * Sets shl->lnum and shl->rm contents. 7813 * Note: Assumes a previous match is always before "lnum", unless 7814 * shl->lnum is zero. 7815 * Careful: Any pointers for buffer lines will become invalid. 7816 */ 7817 static void 7818 next_search_hl( 7819 win_T *win, 7820 match_T *shl, /* points to search_hl or a match */ 7821 linenr_T lnum, 7822 colnr_T mincol, /* minimal column for a match */ 7823 matchitem_T *cur) /* to retrieve match positions if any */ 7824 { 7825 linenr_T l; 7826 colnr_T matchcol; 7827 long nmatched; 7828 7829 if (shl->lnum != 0) 7830 { 7831 /* Check for three situations: 7832 * 1. If the "lnum" is below a previous match, start a new search. 7833 * 2. If the previous match includes "mincol", use it. 7834 * 3. Continue after the previous match. 7835 */ 7836 l = shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 7837 if (lnum > l) 7838 shl->lnum = 0; 7839 else if (lnum < l || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) 7840 return; 7841 } 7842 7843 /* 7844 * Repeat searching for a match until one is found that includes "mincol" 7845 * or none is found in this line. 7846 */ 7847 called_emsg = FALSE; 7848 for (;;) 7849 { 7850 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7851 /* Stop searching after passing the time limit. */ 7852 if (profile_passed_limit(&(shl->tm))) 7853 { 7854 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found in time */ 7855 break; 7856 } 7857 #endif 7858 /* Three situations: 7859 * 1. No useful previous match: search from start of line. 7860 * 2. Not Vi compatible or empty match: continue at next character. 7861 * Break the loop if this is beyond the end of the line. 7862 * 3. Vi compatible searching: continue at end of previous match. 7863 */ 7864 if (shl->lnum == 0) 7865 matchcol = 0; 7866 else if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SEARCH) == NULL 7867 || (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0 7868 && shl->rm.endpos[0].col <= shl->rm.startpos[0].col)) 7869 { 7870 char_u *ml; 7871 7872 matchcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 7873 ml = ml_get_buf(shl->buf, lnum, FALSE) + matchcol; 7874 if (*ml == NUL) 7875 { 7876 ++matchcol; 7877 shl->lnum = 0; 7878 break; 7879 } 7880 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7881 if (has_mbyte) 7882 matchcol += mb_ptr2len(ml); 7883 else 7884 #endif 7885 ++matchcol; 7886 } 7887 else 7888 matchcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 7889 7890 shl->lnum = lnum; 7891 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL) 7892 { 7893 /* Remember whether shl->rm is using a copy of the regprog in 7894 * cur->match. */ 7895 int regprog_is_copy = (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL 7896 && shl == &cur->hl 7897 && cur->match.regprog == cur->hl.rm.regprog); 7898 int timed_out = FALSE; 7899 7900 nmatched = vim_regexec_multi(&shl->rm, win, shl->buf, lnum, 7901 matchcol, 7902 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7903 &(shl->tm), &timed_out 7904 #else 7905 NULL, NULL 7906 #endif 7907 ); 7908 /* Copy the regprog, in case it got freed and recompiled. */ 7909 if (regprog_is_copy) 7910 cur->match.regprog = cur->hl.rm.regprog; 7911 7912 if (called_emsg || got_int || timed_out) 7913 { 7914 /* Error while handling regexp: stop using this regexp. */ 7915 if (shl == &search_hl) 7916 { 7917 /* don't free regprog in the match list, it's a copy */ 7918 vim_regfree(shl->rm.regprog); 7919 SET_NO_HLSEARCH(TRUE); 7920 } 7921 shl->rm.regprog = NULL; 7922 shl->lnum = 0; 7923 got_int = FALSE; /* avoid the "Type :quit to exit Vim" 7924 message */ 7925 break; 7926 } 7927 } 7928 else if (cur != NULL) 7929 nmatched = next_search_hl_pos(shl, lnum, &(cur->pos), matchcol); 7930 else 7931 nmatched = 0; 7932 if (nmatched == 0) 7933 { 7934 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found */ 7935 break; 7936 } 7937 if (shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum > 0 7938 || shl->rm.startpos[0].col >= mincol 7939 || nmatched > 1 7940 || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) 7941 { 7942 shl->lnum += shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 7943 break; /* useful match found */ 7944 } 7945 } 7946 } 7947 7948 /* 7949 * If there is a match fill "shl" and return one. 7950 * Return zero otherwise. 7951 */ 7952 static int 7953 next_search_hl_pos( 7954 match_T *shl, /* points to a match */ 7955 linenr_T lnum, 7956 posmatch_T *posmatch, /* match positions */ 7957 colnr_T mincol) /* minimal column for a match */ 7958 { 7959 int i; 7960 int found = -1; 7961 7962 for (i = posmatch->cur; i < MAXPOSMATCH; i++) 7963 { 7964 llpos_T *pos = &posmatch->pos[i]; 7965 7966 if (pos->lnum == 0) 7967 break; 7968 if (pos->len == 0 && pos->col < mincol) 7969 continue; 7970 if (pos->lnum == lnum) 7971 { 7972 if (found >= 0) 7973 { 7974 /* if this match comes before the one at "found" then swap 7975 * them */ 7976 if (pos->col < posmatch->pos[found].col) 7977 { 7978 llpos_T tmp = *pos; 7979 7980 *pos = posmatch->pos[found]; 7981 posmatch->pos[found] = tmp; 7982 } 7983 } 7984 else 7985 found = i; 7986 } 7987 } 7988 posmatch->cur = 0; 7989 if (found >= 0) 7990 { 7991 colnr_T start = posmatch->pos[found].col == 0 7992 ? 0 : posmatch->pos[found].col - 1; 7993 colnr_T end = posmatch->pos[found].col == 0 7994 ? MAXCOL : start + posmatch->pos[found].len; 7995 7996 shl->lnum = lnum; 7997 shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum = 0; 7998 shl->rm.startpos[0].col = start; 7999 shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum = 0; 8000 shl->rm.endpos[0].col = end; 8001 shl->is_addpos = TRUE; 8002 posmatch->cur = found + 1; 8003 return 1; 8004 } 8005 return 0; 8006 } 8007 #endif 8008 8009 static void 8010 screen_start_highlight(int attr) 8011 { 8012 attrentry_T *aep = NULL; 8013 8014 screen_attr = attr; 8015 if (full_screen 8016 #ifdef WIN3264 8017 && termcap_active 8018 #endif 8019 ) 8020 { 8021 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8022 if (gui.in_use) 8023 { 8024 char buf[20]; 8025 8026 /* The GUI handles this internally. */ 8027 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dh", ESC_STR "|%dh"), attr); 8028 OUT_STR(buf); 8029 } 8030 else 8031 #endif 8032 { 8033 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ 8034 { 8035 if (IS_CTERM) 8036 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr); 8037 else 8038 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr); 8039 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 8040 attr = 0; 8041 else 8042 attr = aep->ae_attr; 8043 } 8044 if ((attr & HL_BOLD) && T_MD != NULL) /* bold */ 8045 out_str(T_MD); 8046 else if (aep != NULL && cterm_normal_fg_bold && 8047 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8048 (p_tgc ? 8049 (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != INVALCOLOR): 8050 #endif 8051 (t_colors > 1 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color) 8052 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8053 ) 8054 #endif 8055 ) 8056 /* If the Normal FG color has BOLD attribute and the new HL 8057 * has a FG color defined, clear BOLD. */ 8058 out_str(T_ME); 8059 if ((attr & HL_STANDOUT) && T_SO != NULL) /* standout */ 8060 out_str(T_SO); 8061 if ((attr & HL_UNDERCURL) && T_UCS != NULL) /* undercurl */ 8062 out_str(T_UCS); 8063 if (((attr & HL_UNDERLINE) /* underline or undercurl */ 8064 || ((attr & HL_UNDERCURL) && T_UCS == NULL)) 8065 && T_US != NULL) 8066 out_str(T_US); 8067 if ((attr & HL_ITALIC) && T_CZH != NULL) /* italic */ 8068 out_str(T_CZH); 8069 if ((attr & HL_INVERSE) && T_MR != NULL) /* inverse (reverse) */ 8070 out_str(T_MR); 8071 if ((attr & HL_STRIKETHROUGH) && T_STS != NULL) /* strike */ 8072 out_str(T_STS); 8073 8074 /* 8075 * Output the color or start string after bold etc., in case the 8076 * bold etc. override the color setting. 8077 */ 8078 if (aep != NULL) 8079 { 8080 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8081 if (p_tgc) 8082 { 8083 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != INVALCOLOR) 8084 term_fg_rgb_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb); 8085 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_rgb != INVALCOLOR) 8086 term_bg_rgb_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_rgb); 8087 } 8088 else 8089 #endif 8090 { 8091 if (t_colors > 1) 8092 { 8093 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color) 8094 term_fg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color - 1); 8095 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color) 8096 term_bg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color - 1); 8097 } 8098 else 8099 { 8100 if (aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL) 8101 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.start); 8102 } 8103 } 8104 } 8105 } 8106 } 8107 } 8108 8109 void 8110 screen_stop_highlight(void) 8111 { 8112 int do_ME = FALSE; /* output T_ME code */ 8113 8114 if (screen_attr != 0 8115 #ifdef WIN3264 8116 && termcap_active 8117 #endif 8118 ) 8119 { 8120 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8121 if (gui.in_use) 8122 { 8123 char buf[20]; 8124 8125 /* use internal GUI code */ 8126 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dH", ESC_STR "|%dH"), screen_attr); 8127 OUT_STR(buf); 8128 } 8129 else 8130 #endif 8131 { 8132 if (screen_attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ 8133 { 8134 attrentry_T *aep; 8135 8136 if (IS_CTERM) 8137 { 8138 /* 8139 * Assume that t_me restores the original colors! 8140 */ 8141 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(screen_attr); 8142 if (aep != NULL && 8143 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8144 (p_tgc ? 8145 (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != INVALCOLOR 8146 || aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_rgb != INVALCOLOR): 8147 #endif 8148 (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color || aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color) 8149 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8150 ) 8151 #endif 8152 ) 8153 do_ME = TRUE; 8154 } 8155 else 8156 { 8157 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(screen_attr); 8158 if (aep != NULL && aep->ae_u.term.stop != NULL) 8159 { 8160 if (STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, T_ME) == 0) 8161 do_ME = TRUE; 8162 else 8163 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.stop); 8164 } 8165 } 8166 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 8167 screen_attr = 0; 8168 else 8169 screen_attr = aep->ae_attr; 8170 } 8171 8172 /* 8173 * Often all ending-codes are equal to T_ME. Avoid outputting the 8174 * same sequence several times. 8175 */ 8176 if (screen_attr & HL_STANDOUT) 8177 { 8178 if (STRCMP(T_SE, T_ME) == 0) 8179 do_ME = TRUE; 8180 else 8181 out_str(T_SE); 8182 } 8183 if ((screen_attr & HL_UNDERCURL) && T_UCE != NULL) 8184 { 8185 if (STRCMP(T_UCE, T_ME) == 0) 8186 do_ME = TRUE; 8187 else 8188 out_str(T_UCE); 8189 } 8190 if ((screen_attr & HL_UNDERLINE) 8191 || ((screen_attr & HL_UNDERCURL) && T_UCE == NULL)) 8192 { 8193 if (STRCMP(T_UE, T_ME) == 0) 8194 do_ME = TRUE; 8195 else 8196 out_str(T_UE); 8197 } 8198 if (screen_attr & HL_ITALIC) 8199 { 8200 if (STRCMP(T_CZR, T_ME) == 0) 8201 do_ME = TRUE; 8202 else 8203 out_str(T_CZR); 8204 } 8205 if (screen_attr & HL_STRIKETHROUGH) 8206 { 8207 if (STRCMP(T_STE, T_ME) == 0) 8208 do_ME = TRUE; 8209 else 8210 out_str(T_STE); 8211 } 8212 if (do_ME || (screen_attr & (HL_BOLD | HL_INVERSE))) 8213 out_str(T_ME); 8214 8215 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8216 if (p_tgc) 8217 { 8218 if (cterm_normal_fg_gui_color != INVALCOLOR) 8219 term_fg_rgb_color(cterm_normal_fg_gui_color); 8220 if (cterm_normal_bg_gui_color != INVALCOLOR) 8221 term_bg_rgb_color(cterm_normal_bg_gui_color); 8222 } 8223 else 8224 #endif 8225 { 8226 if (t_colors > 1) 8227 { 8228 /* set Normal cterm colors */ 8229 if (cterm_normal_fg_color != 0) 8230 term_fg_color(cterm_normal_fg_color - 1); 8231 if (cterm_normal_bg_color != 0) 8232 term_bg_color(cterm_normal_bg_color - 1); 8233 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) 8234 out_str(T_MD); 8235 } 8236 } 8237 } 8238 } 8239 screen_attr = 0; 8240 } 8241 8242 /* 8243 * Reset the colors for a cterm. Used when leaving Vim. 8244 * The machine specific code may override this again. 8245 */ 8246 void 8247 reset_cterm_colors(void) 8248 { 8249 if (IS_CTERM) 8250 { 8251 /* set Normal cterm colors */ 8252 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8253 if (p_tgc ? (cterm_normal_fg_gui_color != INVALCOLOR 8254 || cterm_normal_bg_gui_color != INVALCOLOR) 8255 : (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0)) 8256 #else 8257 if (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0) 8258 #endif 8259 { 8260 out_str(T_OP); 8261 screen_attr = -1; 8262 } 8263 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) 8264 { 8265 out_str(T_ME); 8266 screen_attr = -1; 8267 } 8268 } 8269 } 8270 8271 /* 8272 * Put character ScreenLines["off"] on the screen at position "row" and "col", 8273 * using the attributes from ScreenAttrs["off"]. 8274 */ 8275 static void 8276 screen_char(unsigned off, int row, int col) 8277 { 8278 int attr; 8279 8280 /* Check for illegal values, just in case (could happen just after 8281 * resizing). */ 8282 if (row >= screen_Rows || col >= screen_Columns) 8283 return; 8284 8285 /* Outputting a character in the last cell on the screen may scroll the 8286 * screen up. Only do it when the "xn" termcap property is set, otherwise 8287 * mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up). */ 8288 if (*T_XN == NUL 8289 && row == screen_Rows - 1 && col == screen_Columns - 1 8290 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8291 /* account for first command-line character in rightleft mode */ 8292 && !cmdmsg_rl 8293 #endif 8294 ) 8295 { 8296 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; 8297 return; 8298 } 8299 8300 /* 8301 * Stop highlighting first, so it's easier to move the cursor. 8302 */ 8303 if (screen_char_attr != 0) 8304 attr = screen_char_attr; 8305 else 8306 attr = ScreenAttrs[off]; 8307 if (screen_attr != attr) 8308 screen_stop_highlight(); 8309 8310 windgoto(row, col); 8311 8312 if (screen_attr != attr) 8313 screen_start_highlight(attr); 8314 8315 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8316 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) 8317 { 8318 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 8319 8320 if (utf_ambiguous_width(ScreenLinesUC[off])) 8321 { 8322 if (*p_ambw == 'd' 8323 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 8324 && !gui.in_use 8325 # endif 8326 ) 8327 { 8328 /* Clear the two screen cells. If the character is actually 8329 * single width it won't change the second cell. */ 8330 out_str((char_u *)" "); 8331 term_windgoto(row, col); 8332 } 8333 /* not sure where the cursor is after drawing the ambiguous width 8334 * character */ 8335 screen_cur_col = 9999; 8336 } 8337 else if (utf_char2cells(ScreenLinesUC[off]) > 1) 8338 ++screen_cur_col; 8339 8340 /* Convert the UTF-8 character to bytes and write it. */ 8341 buf[utfc_char2bytes(off, buf)] = NUL; 8342 out_str(buf); 8343 } 8344 else 8345 #endif 8346 { 8347 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8348 out_flush_check(); 8349 #endif 8350 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); 8351 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8352 /* double-byte character in single-width cell */ 8353 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 8354 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); 8355 #endif 8356 } 8357 8358 screen_cur_col++; 8359 } 8360 8361 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8362 8363 /* 8364 * Used for enc_dbcs only: Put one double-wide character at ScreenLines["off"] 8365 * on the screen at position 'row' and 'col'. 8366 * The attributes of the first byte is used for all. This is required to 8367 * output the two bytes of a double-byte character with nothing in between. 8368 */ 8369 static void 8370 screen_char_2(unsigned off, int row, int col) 8371 { 8372 /* Check for illegal values (could be wrong when screen was resized). */ 8373 if (off + 1 >= (unsigned)(screen_Rows * screen_Columns)) 8374 return; 8375 8376 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen. 8377 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */ 8378 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col >= screen_Columns - 2) 8379 { 8380 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; 8381 return; 8382 } 8383 8384 /* Output the first byte normally (positions the cursor), then write the 8385 * second byte directly. */ 8386 screen_char(off, row, col); 8387 out_char(ScreenLines[off + 1]); 8388 ++screen_cur_col; 8389 } 8390 #endif 8391 8392 /* 8393 * Draw a rectangle of the screen, inverted when "invert" is TRUE. 8394 * This uses the contents of ScreenLines[] and doesn't change it. 8395 */ 8396 void 8397 screen_draw_rectangle( 8398 int row, 8399 int col, 8400 int height, 8401 int width, 8402 int invert) 8403 { 8404 int r, c; 8405 int off; 8406 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8407 int max_off; 8408 #endif 8409 8410 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ 8411 if (ScreenLines == NULL) 8412 return; 8413 8414 if (invert) 8415 screen_char_attr = HL_INVERSE; 8416 for (r = row; r < row + height; ++r) 8417 { 8418 off = LineOffset[r]; 8419 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8420 max_off = off + screen_Columns; 8421 #endif 8422 for (c = col; c < col + width; ++c) 8423 { 8424 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8425 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) 8426 { 8427 screen_char_2(off + c, r, c); 8428 ++c; 8429 } 8430 else 8431 #endif 8432 { 8433 screen_char(off + c, r, c); 8434 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8435 if (utf_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) 8436 ++c; 8437 #endif 8438 } 8439 } 8440 } 8441 screen_char_attr = 0; 8442 } 8443 8444 /* 8445 * Redraw the characters for a vertically split window. 8446 */ 8447 static void 8448 redraw_block(int row, int end, win_T *wp) 8449 { 8450 int col; 8451 int width; 8452 8453 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 8454 clip_may_clear_selection(row, end - 1); 8455 # endif 8456 8457 if (wp == NULL) 8458 { 8459 col = 0; 8460 width = Columns; 8461 } 8462 else 8463 { 8464 col = wp->w_wincol; 8465 width = wp->w_width; 8466 } 8467 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, end - row, width, FALSE); 8468 } 8469 8470 static void 8471 space_to_screenline(int off, int attr) 8472 { 8473 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 8474 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; 8475 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8476 if (enc_utf8) 8477 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 8478 # endif 8479 } 8480 8481 /* 8482 * Fill the screen from 'start_row' to 'end_row', from 'start_col' to 'end_col' 8483 * with character 'c1' in first column followed by 'c2' in the other columns. 8484 * Use attributes 'attr'. 8485 */ 8486 void 8487 screen_fill( 8488 int start_row, 8489 int end_row, 8490 int start_col, 8491 int end_col, 8492 int c1, 8493 int c2, 8494 int attr) 8495 { 8496 int row; 8497 int col; 8498 int off; 8499 int end_off; 8500 int did_delete; 8501 int c; 8502 int norm_term; 8503 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 8504 int force_next = FALSE; 8505 #endif 8506 8507 if (end_row > screen_Rows) /* safety check */ 8508 end_row = screen_Rows; 8509 if (end_col > screen_Columns) /* safety check */ 8510 end_col = screen_Columns; 8511 if (ScreenLines == NULL 8512 || start_row >= end_row 8513 || start_col >= end_col) /* nothing to do */ 8514 return; 8515 8516 /* it's a "normal" terminal when not in a GUI or cterm */ 8517 norm_term = ( 8518 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8519 !gui.in_use && 8520 #endif 8521 !IS_CTERM); 8522 for (row = start_row; row < end_row; ++row) 8523 { 8524 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8525 if (has_mbyte 8526 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 8527 && !gui.in_use 8528 # endif 8529 ) 8530 { 8531 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear 8532 * out the left halve. When drawing over the left halve of a 8533 * double wide-char clear out the right halve. Only needed in a 8534 * terminal. */ 8535 if (start_col > 0 && mb_fix_col(start_col, row) != start_col) 8536 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, start_col - 1, 0); 8537 if (end_col < screen_Columns && mb_fix_col(end_col, row) != end_col) 8538 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, end_col, 0); 8539 } 8540 #endif 8541 /* 8542 * Try to use delete-line termcap code, when no attributes or in a 8543 * "normal" terminal, where a bold/italic space is just a 8544 * space. 8545 */ 8546 did_delete = FALSE; 8547 if (c2 == ' ' 8548 && end_col == Columns 8549 && can_clear(T_CE) 8550 && (attr == 0 8551 || (norm_term 8552 && attr <= HL_ALL 8553 && ((attr & ~(HL_BOLD | HL_ITALIC)) == 0)))) 8554 { 8555 /* 8556 * check if we really need to clear something 8557 */ 8558 col = start_col; 8559 if (c1 != ' ') /* don't clear first char */ 8560 ++col; 8561 8562 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 8563 end_off = LineOffset[row] + end_col; 8564 8565 /* skip blanks (used often, keep it fast!) */ 8566 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8567 if (enc_utf8) 8568 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' 8569 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0 && ScreenLinesUC[off] == 0) 8570 ++off; 8571 else 8572 #endif 8573 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' 8574 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0) 8575 ++off; 8576 if (off < end_off) /* something to be cleared */ 8577 { 8578 col = off - LineOffset[row]; 8579 screen_stop_highlight(); 8580 term_windgoto(row, col);/* clear rest of this screen line */ 8581 out_str(T_CE); 8582 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 8583 col = end_col - col; 8584 while (col--) /* clear chars in ScreenLines */ 8585 { 8586 space_to_screenline(off, 0); 8587 ++off; 8588 } 8589 } 8590 did_delete = TRUE; /* the chars are cleared now */ 8591 } 8592 8593 off = LineOffset[row] + start_col; 8594 c = c1; 8595 for (col = start_col; col < end_col; ++col) 8596 { 8597 if (ScreenLines[off] != c 8598 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8599 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off] 8600 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) 8601 #endif 8602 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr 8603 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 8604 || force_next 8605 #endif 8606 ) 8607 { 8608 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 8609 /* The bold trick may make a single row of pixels appear in 8610 * the next character. When a bold character is removed, the 8611 * next character should be redrawn too. This happens for our 8612 * own GUI and for some xterms. */ 8613 if ( 8614 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 8615 gui.in_use 8616 # endif 8617 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 8618 || 8619 # endif 8620 # ifdef UNIX 8621 term_is_xterm 8622 # endif 8623 ) 8624 { 8625 if (ScreenLines[off] != ' ' 8626 && (ScreenAttrs[off] > HL_ALL 8627 || ScreenAttrs[off] & HL_BOLD)) 8628 force_next = TRUE; 8629 else 8630 force_next = FALSE; 8631 } 8632 #endif 8633 ScreenLines[off] = c; 8634 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8635 if (enc_utf8) 8636 { 8637 if (c >= 0x80) 8638 { 8639 ScreenLinesUC[off] = c; 8640 ScreenLinesC[0][off] = 0; 8641 } 8642 else 8643 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 8644 } 8645 #endif 8646 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; 8647 if (!did_delete || c != ' ') 8648 screen_char(off, row, col); 8649 } 8650 ++off; 8651 if (col == start_col) 8652 { 8653 if (did_delete) 8654 break; 8655 c = c2; 8656 } 8657 } 8658 if (end_col == Columns) 8659 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; 8660 if (row == Rows - 1) /* overwritten the command line */ 8661 { 8662 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 8663 if (c1 == ' ' && c2 == ' ') 8664 clear_cmdline = FALSE; /* command line has been cleared */ 8665 if (start_col == 0) 8666 mode_displayed = FALSE; /* mode cleared or overwritten */ 8667 } 8668 } 8669 } 8670 8671 /* 8672 * Check if there should be a delay. Used before clearing or redrawing the 8673 * screen or the command line. 8674 */ 8675 void 8676 check_for_delay(int check_msg_scroll) 8677 { 8678 if ((emsg_on_display || (check_msg_scroll && msg_scroll)) 8679 && !did_wait_return 8680 && emsg_silent == 0) 8681 { 8682 out_flush(); 8683 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); 8684 emsg_on_display = FALSE; 8685 if (check_msg_scroll) 8686 msg_scroll = FALSE; 8687 } 8688 } 8689 8690 /* 8691 * screen_valid - allocate screen buffers if size changed 8692 * If "doclear" is TRUE: clear screen if it has been resized. 8693 * Returns TRUE if there is a valid screen to write to. 8694 * Returns FALSE when starting up and screen not initialized yet. 8695 */ 8696 int 8697 screen_valid(int doclear) 8698 { 8699 screenalloc(doclear); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ 8700 return (ScreenLines != NULL); 8701 } 8702 8703 /* 8704 * Resize the shell to Rows and Columns. 8705 * Allocate ScreenLines[] and associated items. 8706 * 8707 * There may be some time between setting Rows and Columns and (re)allocating 8708 * ScreenLines[]. This happens when starting up and when (manually) changing 8709 * the shell size. Always use screen_Rows and screen_Columns to access items 8710 * in ScreenLines[]. Use Rows and Columns for positioning text etc. where the 8711 * final size of the shell is needed. 8712 */ 8713 void 8714 screenalloc(int doclear) 8715 { 8716 int new_row, old_row; 8717 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8718 int old_Rows; 8719 #endif 8720 win_T *wp; 8721 int outofmem = FALSE; 8722 int len; 8723 schar_T *new_ScreenLines; 8724 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8725 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; 8726 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesC[MAX_MCO]; 8727 schar_T *new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; 8728 int i; 8729 #endif 8730 sattr_T *new_ScreenAttrs; 8731 unsigned *new_LineOffset; 8732 char_u *new_LineWraps; 8733 short *new_TabPageIdxs; 8734 tabpage_T *tp; 8735 static int entered = FALSE; /* avoid recursiveness */ 8736 static int done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; /* did outofmem message */ 8737 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 8738 int retry_count = 0; 8739 8740 retry: 8741 #endif 8742 /* 8743 * Allocation of the screen buffers is done only when the size changes and 8744 * when Rows and Columns have been set and we have started doing full 8745 * screen stuff. 8746 */ 8747 if ((ScreenLines != NULL 8748 && Rows == screen_Rows 8749 && Columns == screen_Columns 8750 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8751 && enc_utf8 == (ScreenLinesUC != NULL) 8752 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) == (ScreenLines2 != NULL) 8753 && p_mco == Screen_mco 8754 #endif 8755 ) 8756 || Rows == 0 8757 || Columns == 0 8758 || (!full_screen && ScreenLines == NULL)) 8759 return; 8760 8761 /* 8762 * It's possible that we produce an out-of-memory message below, which 8763 * will cause this function to be called again. To break the loop, just 8764 * return here. 8765 */ 8766 if (entered) 8767 return; 8768 entered = TRUE; 8769 8770 /* 8771 * Note that the window sizes are updated before reallocating the arrays, 8772 * thus we must not redraw here! 8773 */ 8774 ++RedrawingDisabled; 8775 8776 win_new_shellsize(); /* fit the windows in the new sized shell */ 8777 8778 comp_col(); /* recompute columns for shown command and ruler */ 8779 8780 /* 8781 * We're changing the size of the screen. 8782 * - Allocate new arrays for ScreenLines and ScreenAttrs. 8783 * - Move lines from the old arrays into the new arrays, clear extra 8784 * lines (unless the screen is going to be cleared). 8785 * - Free the old arrays. 8786 * 8787 * If anything fails, make ScreenLines NULL, so we don't do anything! 8788 * Continuing with the old ScreenLines may result in a crash, because the 8789 * size is wrong. 8790 */ 8791 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 8792 win_free_lsize(wp); 8793 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 8794 if (aucmd_win != NULL) 8795 win_free_lsize(aucmd_win); 8796 #endif 8797 8798 new_ScreenLines = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8799 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 8800 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8801 vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC, 0, sizeof(u8char_T *) * MAX_MCO); 8802 if (enc_utf8) 8803 { 8804 new_ScreenLinesUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8805 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 8806 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8807 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc_clear((long_u)( 8808 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 8809 } 8810 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 8811 new_ScreenLines2 = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8812 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 8813 #endif 8814 new_ScreenAttrs = (sattr_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8815 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); 8816 new_LineOffset = (unsigned *)lalloc((long_u)( 8817 Rows * sizeof(unsigned)), FALSE); 8818 new_LineWraps = (char_u *)lalloc((long_u)(Rows * sizeof(char_u)), FALSE); 8819 new_TabPageIdxs = (short *)lalloc((long_u)(Columns * sizeof(short)), FALSE); 8820 8821 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 8822 { 8823 if (win_alloc_lines(wp) == FAIL) 8824 { 8825 outofmem = TRUE; 8826 goto give_up; 8827 } 8828 } 8829 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 8830 if (aucmd_win != NULL && aucmd_win->w_lines == NULL 8831 && win_alloc_lines(aucmd_win) == FAIL) 8832 outofmem = TRUE; 8833 #endif 8834 give_up: 8835 8836 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8837 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8838 if (new_ScreenLinesC[i] == NULL) 8839 break; 8840 #endif 8841 if (new_ScreenLines == NULL 8842 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8843 || (enc_utf8 && (new_ScreenLinesUC == NULL || i != p_mco)) 8844 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && new_ScreenLines2 == NULL) 8845 #endif 8846 || new_ScreenAttrs == NULL 8847 || new_LineOffset == NULL 8848 || new_LineWraps == NULL 8849 || new_TabPageIdxs == NULL 8850 || outofmem) 8851 { 8852 if (ScreenLines != NULL || !done_outofmem_msg) 8853 { 8854 /* guess the size */ 8855 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)((Rows + 1) * Columns)); 8856 8857 /* Remember we did this to avoid getting outofmem messages over 8858 * and over again. */ 8859 done_outofmem_msg = TRUE; 8860 } 8861 vim_free(new_ScreenLines); 8862 new_ScreenLines = NULL; 8863 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8864 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesUC); 8865 new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; 8866 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8867 { 8868 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesC[i]); 8869 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = NULL; 8870 } 8871 vim_free(new_ScreenLines2); 8872 new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; 8873 #endif 8874 vim_free(new_ScreenAttrs); 8875 new_ScreenAttrs = NULL; 8876 vim_free(new_LineOffset); 8877 new_LineOffset = NULL; 8878 vim_free(new_LineWraps); 8879 new_LineWraps = NULL; 8880 vim_free(new_TabPageIdxs); 8881 new_TabPageIdxs = NULL; 8882 } 8883 else 8884 { 8885 done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; 8886 8887 for (new_row = 0; new_row < Rows; ++new_row) 8888 { 8889 new_LineOffset[new_row] = new_row * Columns; 8890 new_LineWraps[new_row] = FALSE; 8891 8892 /* 8893 * If the screen is not going to be cleared, copy as much as 8894 * possible from the old screen to the new one and clear the rest 8895 * (used when resizing the window at the "--more--" prompt or when 8896 * executing an external command, for the GUI). 8897 */ 8898 if (!doclear) 8899 { 8900 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines + new_row * Columns, 8901 ' ', (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); 8902 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8903 if (enc_utf8) 8904 { 8905 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_row * Columns, 8906 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8907 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8908 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC[i] 8909 + new_row * Columns, 8910 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8911 } 8912 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 8913 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines2 + new_row * Columns, 8914 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); 8915 #endif 8916 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenAttrs + new_row * Columns, 8917 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)); 8918 old_row = new_row + (screen_Rows - Rows); 8919 if (old_row >= 0 && ScreenLines != NULL) 8920 { 8921 if (screen_Columns < Columns) 8922 len = screen_Columns; 8923 else 8924 len = Columns; 8925 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8926 /* When switching to utf-8 don't copy characters, they 8927 * may be invalid now. Also when p_mco changes. */ 8928 if (!(enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC == NULL) 8929 && p_mco == Screen_mco) 8930 #endif 8931 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8932 ScreenLines + LineOffset[old_row], 8933 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); 8934 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8935 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC != NULL 8936 && p_mco == Screen_mco) 8937 { 8938 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8939 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[old_row], 8940 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8941 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8942 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesC[i] 8943 + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8944 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[old_row], 8945 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8946 } 8947 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines2 != NULL) 8948 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines2 + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8949 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[old_row], 8950 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); 8951 #endif 8952 mch_memmove(new_ScreenAttrs + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8953 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[old_row], 8954 (size_t)len * sizeof(sattr_T)); 8955 } 8956 } 8957 } 8958 /* Use the last line of the screen for the current line. */ 8959 current_ScreenLine = new_ScreenLines + Rows * Columns; 8960 } 8961 8962 free_screenlines(); 8963 8964 ScreenLines = new_ScreenLines; 8965 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8966 ScreenLinesUC = new_ScreenLinesUC; 8967 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8968 ScreenLinesC[i] = new_ScreenLinesC[i]; 8969 Screen_mco = p_mco; 8970 ScreenLines2 = new_ScreenLines2; 8971 #endif 8972 ScreenAttrs = new_ScreenAttrs; 8973 LineOffset = new_LineOffset; 8974 LineWraps = new_LineWraps; 8975 TabPageIdxs = new_TabPageIdxs; 8976 8977 /* It's important that screen_Rows and screen_Columns reflect the actual 8978 * size of ScreenLines[]. Set them before calling anything. */ 8979 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8980 old_Rows = screen_Rows; 8981 #endif 8982 screen_Rows = Rows; 8983 screen_Columns = Columns; 8984 8985 must_redraw = CLEAR; /* need to clear the screen later */ 8986 if (doclear) 8987 screenclear2(); 8988 8989 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8990 else if (gui.in_use 8991 && !gui.starting 8992 && ScreenLines != NULL 8993 && old_Rows != Rows) 8994 { 8995 (void)gui_redraw_block(0, 0, (int)Rows - 1, (int)Columns - 1, 0); 8996 /* 8997 * Adjust the position of the cursor, for when executing an external 8998 * command. 8999 */ 9000 if (msg_row >= Rows) /* Rows got smaller */ 9001 msg_row = Rows - 1; /* put cursor at last row */ 9002 else if (Rows > old_Rows) /* Rows got bigger */ 9003 msg_row += Rows - old_Rows; /* put cursor in same place */ 9004 if (msg_col >= Columns) /* Columns got smaller */ 9005 msg_col = Columns - 1; /* put cursor at last column */ 9006 } 9007 #endif 9008 9009 entered = FALSE; 9010 --RedrawingDisabled; 9011 9012 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 9013 /* 9014 * Do not apply autocommands more than 3 times to avoid an endless loop 9015 * in case applying autocommands always changes Rows or Columns. 9016 */ 9017 if (starting == 0 && ++retry_count <= 3) 9018 { 9019 apply_autocmds(EVENT_VIMRESIZED, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 9020 /* In rare cases, autocommands may have altered Rows or Columns, 9021 * jump back to check if we need to allocate the screen again. */ 9022 goto retry; 9023 } 9024 #endif 9025 } 9026 9027 void 9028 free_screenlines(void) 9029 { 9030 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9031 int i; 9032 9033 vim_free(ScreenLinesUC); 9034 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 9035 vim_free(ScreenLinesC[i]); 9036 vim_free(ScreenLines2); 9037 #endif 9038 vim_free(ScreenLines); 9039 vim_free(ScreenAttrs); 9040 vim_free(LineOffset); 9041 vim_free(LineWraps); 9042 vim_free(TabPageIdxs); 9043 } 9044 9045 void 9046 screenclear(void) 9047 { 9048 check_for_delay(FALSE); 9049 screenalloc(FALSE); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ 9050 screenclear2(); /* clear the screen */ 9051 } 9052 9053 static void 9054 screenclear2(void) 9055 { 9056 int i; 9057 9058 if (starting == NO_SCREEN || ScreenLines == NULL 9059 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9060 || (gui.in_use && gui.starting) 9061 #endif 9062 ) 9063 return; 9064 9065 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9066 if (!gui.in_use) 9067 #endif 9068 screen_attr = -1; /* force setting the Normal colors */ 9069 screen_stop_highlight(); /* don't want highlighting here */ 9070 9071 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 9072 /* disable selection without redrawing it */ 9073 clip_scroll_selection(9999); 9074 #endif 9075 9076 /* blank out ScreenLines */ 9077 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) 9078 { 9079 lineclear(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns, 0); 9080 LineWraps[i] = FALSE; 9081 } 9082 9083 if (can_clear(T_CL)) 9084 { 9085 out_str(T_CL); /* clear the display */ 9086 clear_cmdline = FALSE; 9087 mode_displayed = FALSE; 9088 } 9089 else 9090 { 9091 /* can't clear the screen, mark all chars with invalid attributes */ 9092 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) 9093 lineinvalid(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); 9094 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 9095 } 9096 9097 screen_cleared = TRUE; /* can use contents of ScreenLines now */ 9098 9099 win_rest_invalid(firstwin); 9100 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9101 redraw_tabline = TRUE; 9102 if (must_redraw == CLEAR) /* no need to clear again */ 9103 must_redraw = NOT_VALID; 9104 compute_cmdrow(); 9105 msg_row = cmdline_row; /* put cursor on last line for messages */ 9106 msg_col = 0; 9107 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9108 msg_scrolled = 0; /* can't scroll back */ 9109 msg_didany = FALSE; 9110 msg_didout = FALSE; 9111 } 9112 9113 /* 9114 * Clear one line in ScreenLines. 9115 */ 9116 static void 9117 lineclear(unsigned off, int width, int attr) 9118 { 9119 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLines + off, ' ', (size_t)width * sizeof(schar_T)); 9120 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9121 if (enc_utf8) 9122 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, 9123 (size_t)width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 9124 #endif 9125 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, attr, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 9126 } 9127 9128 /* 9129 * Mark one line in ScreenLines invalid by setting the attributes to an 9130 * invalid value. 9131 */ 9132 static void 9133 lineinvalid(unsigned off, int width) 9134 { 9135 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, -1, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 9136 } 9137 9138 /* 9139 * Copy part of a Screenline for vertically split window "wp". 9140 */ 9141 static void 9142 linecopy(int to, int from, win_T *wp) 9143 { 9144 unsigned off_to = LineOffset[to] + wp->w_wincol; 9145 unsigned off_from = LineOffset[from] + wp->w_wincol; 9146 9147 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off_to, ScreenLines + off_from, 9148 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); 9149 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9150 if (enc_utf8) 9151 { 9152 int i; 9153 9154 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off_to, ScreenLinesUC + off_from, 9155 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 9156 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 9157 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off_to, ScreenLinesC[i] + off_from, 9158 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 9159 } 9160 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 9161 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off_to, ScreenLines2 + off_from, 9162 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); 9163 #endif 9164 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off_to, ScreenAttrs + off_from, 9165 wp->w_width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 9166 } 9167 9168 /* 9169 * Return TRUE if clearing with term string "p" would work. 9170 * It can't work when the string is empty or it won't set the right background. 9171 */ 9172 int 9173 can_clear(char_u *p) 9174 { 9175 return (*p != NUL && (t_colors <= 1 9176 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9177 || gui.in_use 9178 #endif 9179 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 9180 || (p_tgc && cterm_normal_bg_gui_color == INVALCOLOR) 9181 || (!p_tgc && cterm_normal_bg_color == 0) 9182 #else 9183 || cterm_normal_bg_color == 0 9184 #endif 9185 || *T_UT != NUL)); 9186 } 9187 9188 /* 9189 * Reset cursor position. Use whenever cursor was moved because of outputting 9190 * something directly to the screen (shell commands) or a terminal control 9191 * code. 9192 */ 9193 void 9194 screen_start(void) 9195 { 9196 screen_cur_row = screen_cur_col = 9999; 9197 } 9198 9199 /* 9200 * Move the cursor to position "row","col" in the screen. 9201 * This tries to find the most efficient way to move, minimizing the number of 9202 * characters sent to the terminal. 9203 */ 9204 void 9205 windgoto(int row, int col) 9206 { 9207 sattr_T *p; 9208 int i; 9209 int plan; 9210 int cost; 9211 int wouldbe_col; 9212 int noinvcurs; 9213 char_u *bs; 9214 int goto_cost; 9215 int attr; 9216 9217 #define GOTO_COST 7 /* assume a term_windgoto() takes about 7 chars */ 9218 #define HIGHL_COST 5 /* assume unhighlight takes 5 chars */ 9219 9220 #define PLAN_LE 1 9221 #define PLAN_CR 2 9222 #define PLAN_NL 3 9223 #define PLAN_WRITE 4 9224 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ 9225 if (ScreenLines == NULL) 9226 return; 9227 9228 if (col != screen_cur_col || row != screen_cur_row) 9229 { 9230 /* Check for valid position. */ 9231 if (row < 0) /* window without text lines? */ 9232 row = 0; 9233 if (row >= screen_Rows) 9234 row = screen_Rows - 1; 9235 if (col >= screen_Columns) 9236 col = screen_Columns - 1; 9237 9238 /* check if no cursor movement is allowed in highlight mode */ 9239 if (screen_attr && *T_MS == NUL) 9240 noinvcurs = HIGHL_COST; 9241 else 9242 noinvcurs = 0; 9243 goto_cost = GOTO_COST + noinvcurs; 9244 9245 /* 9246 * Plan how to do the positioning: 9247 * 1. Use CR to move it to column 0, same row. 9248 * 2. Use T_LE to move it a few columns to the left. 9249 * 3. Use NL to move a few lines down, column 0. 9250 * 4. Move a few columns to the right with T_ND or by writing chars. 9251 * 9252 * Don't do this if the cursor went beyond the last column, the cursor 9253 * position is unknown then (some terminals wrap, some don't ) 9254 * 9255 * First check if the highlighting attributes allow us to write 9256 * characters to move the cursor to the right. 9257 */ 9258 if (row >= screen_cur_row && screen_cur_col < Columns) 9259 { 9260 /* 9261 * If the cursor is in the same row, bigger col, we can use CR 9262 * or T_LE. 9263 */ 9264 bs = NULL; /* init for GCC */ 9265 attr = screen_attr; 9266 if (row == screen_cur_row && col < screen_cur_col) 9267 { 9268 /* "le" is preferred over "bc", because "bc" is obsolete */ 9269 if (*T_LE) 9270 bs = T_LE; /* "cursor left" */ 9271 else 9272 bs = T_BC; /* "backspace character (old) */ 9273 if (*bs) 9274 cost = (screen_cur_col - col) * (int)STRLEN(bs); 9275 else 9276 cost = 999; 9277 if (col + 1 < cost) /* using CR is less characters */ 9278 { 9279 plan = PLAN_CR; 9280 wouldbe_col = 0; 9281 cost = 1; /* CR is just one character */ 9282 } 9283 else 9284 { 9285 plan = PLAN_LE; 9286 wouldbe_col = col; 9287 } 9288 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ 9289 { 9290 cost += noinvcurs; 9291 attr = 0; 9292 } 9293 } 9294 9295 /* 9296 * If the cursor is above where we want to be, we can use CR LF. 9297 */ 9298 else if (row > screen_cur_row) 9299 { 9300 plan = PLAN_NL; 9301 wouldbe_col = 0; 9302 cost = (row - screen_cur_row) * 2; /* CR LF */ 9303 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ 9304 { 9305 cost += noinvcurs; 9306 attr = 0; 9307 } 9308 } 9309 9310 /* 9311 * If the cursor is in the same row, smaller col, just use write. 9312 */ 9313 else 9314 { 9315 plan = PLAN_WRITE; 9316 wouldbe_col = screen_cur_col; 9317 cost = 0; 9318 } 9319 9320 /* 9321 * Check if any characters that need to be written have the 9322 * correct attributes. Also avoid UTF-8 characters. 9323 */ 9324 i = col - wouldbe_col; 9325 if (i > 0) 9326 cost += i; 9327 if (cost < goto_cost && i > 0) 9328 { 9329 /* 9330 * Check if the attributes are correct without additionally 9331 * stopping highlighting. 9332 */ 9333 p = ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[row] + wouldbe_col; 9334 while (i && *p++ == attr) 9335 --i; 9336 if (i != 0) 9337 { 9338 /* 9339 * Try if it works when highlighting is stopped here. 9340 */ 9341 if (*--p == 0) 9342 { 9343 cost += noinvcurs; 9344 while (i && *p++ == 0) 9345 --i; 9346 } 9347 if (i != 0) 9348 cost = 999; /* different attributes, don't do it */ 9349 } 9350 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9351 if (enc_utf8) 9352 { 9353 /* Don't use an UTF-8 char for positioning, it's slow. */ 9354 for (i = wouldbe_col; i < col; ++i) 9355 if (ScreenLinesUC[LineOffset[row] + i] != 0) 9356 { 9357 cost = 999; 9358 break; 9359 } 9360 } 9361 #endif 9362 } 9363 9364 /* 9365 * We can do it without term_windgoto()! 9366 */ 9367 if (cost < goto_cost) 9368 { 9369 if (plan == PLAN_LE) 9370 { 9371 if (noinvcurs) 9372 screen_stop_highlight(); 9373 while (screen_cur_col > col) 9374 { 9375 out_str(bs); 9376 --screen_cur_col; 9377 } 9378 } 9379 else if (plan == PLAN_CR) 9380 { 9381 if (noinvcurs) 9382 screen_stop_highlight(); 9383 out_char('\r'); 9384 screen_cur_col = 0; 9385 } 9386 else if (plan == PLAN_NL) 9387 { 9388 if (noinvcurs) 9389 screen_stop_highlight(); 9390 while (screen_cur_row < row) 9391 { 9392 out_char('\n'); 9393 ++screen_cur_row; 9394 } 9395 screen_cur_col = 0; 9396 } 9397 9398 i = col - screen_cur_col; 9399 if (i > 0) 9400 { 9401 /* 9402 * Use cursor-right if it's one character only. Avoids 9403 * removing a line of pixels from the last bold char, when 9404 * using the bold trick in the GUI. 9405 */ 9406 if (T_ND[0] != NUL && T_ND[1] == NUL) 9407 { 9408 while (i-- > 0) 9409 out_char(*T_ND); 9410 } 9411 else 9412 { 9413 int off; 9414 9415 off = LineOffset[row] + screen_cur_col; 9416 while (i-- > 0) 9417 { 9418 if (ScreenAttrs[off] != screen_attr) 9419 screen_stop_highlight(); 9420 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9421 out_flush_check(); 9422 #endif 9423 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); 9424 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9425 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU 9426 && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 9427 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); 9428 #endif 9429 ++off; 9430 } 9431 } 9432 } 9433 } 9434 } 9435 else 9436 cost = 999; 9437 9438 if (cost >= goto_cost) 9439 { 9440 if (noinvcurs) 9441 screen_stop_highlight(); 9442 if (row == screen_cur_row && (col > screen_cur_col) 9443 && *T_CRI != NUL) 9444 term_cursor_right(col - screen_cur_col); 9445 else 9446 term_windgoto(row, col); 9447 } 9448 screen_cur_row = row; 9449 screen_cur_col = col; 9450 } 9451 } 9452 9453 /* 9454 * Set cursor to its position in the current window. 9455 */ 9456 void 9457 setcursor(void) 9458 { 9459 if (redrawing()) 9460 { 9461 validate_cursor(); 9462 windgoto(W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow, 9463 curwin->w_wincol + ( 9464 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9465 /* With 'rightleft' set and the cursor on a double-wide 9466 * character, position it on the leftmost column. */ 9467 curwin->w_p_rl ? ((int)curwin->w_width - curwin->w_wcol - ( 9468 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9469 (has_mbyte 9470 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ml_get_cursor()) == 2 9471 && vim_isprintc(gchar_cursor())) ? 2 : 9472 # endif 9473 1)) : 9474 #endif 9475 curwin->w_wcol)); 9476 } 9477 } 9478 9479 9480 /* 9481 * Insert 'line_count' lines at 'row' in window 'wp'. 9482 * If 'invalid' is TRUE the wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum is invalidated. 9483 * If 'mayclear' is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than 9484 * scrolling. 9485 * Returns FAIL if the lines are not inserted, OK for success. 9486 */ 9487 int 9488 win_ins_lines( 9489 win_T *wp, 9490 int row, 9491 int line_count, 9492 int invalid, 9493 int mayclear) 9494 { 9495 int did_delete; 9496 int nextrow; 9497 int lastrow; 9498 int retval; 9499 9500 if (invalid) 9501 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 9502 9503 if (wp->w_height < 5) 9504 return FAIL; 9505 9506 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) 9507 line_count = wp->w_height - row; 9508 9509 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, FALSE, 0); 9510 if (retval != MAYBE) 9511 return retval; 9512 9513 /* 9514 * If there is a next window or a status line, we first try to delete the 9515 * lines at the bottom to avoid messing what is after the window. 9516 * If this fails and there are following windows, don't do anything to avoid 9517 * messing up those windows, better just redraw. 9518 */ 9519 did_delete = FALSE; 9520 if (wp->w_next != NULL || wp->w_status_height) 9521 { 9522 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, 9523 line_count, (int)Rows, FALSE, 0, NULL) == OK) 9524 did_delete = TRUE; 9525 else if (wp->w_next) 9526 return FAIL; 9527 } 9528 /* 9529 * if no lines deleted, blank the lines that will end up below the window 9530 */ 9531 if (!did_delete) 9532 { 9533 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9534 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9535 nextrow = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + wp->w_status_height; 9536 lastrow = nextrow + line_count; 9537 if (lastrow > Rows) 9538 lastrow = Rows; 9539 screen_fill(nextrow - line_count, lastrow - line_count, 9540 wp->w_wincol, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 9541 ' ', ' ', 0); 9542 } 9543 9544 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, (int)Rows, 0, NULL) 9545 == FAIL) 9546 { 9547 /* deletion will have messed up other windows */ 9548 if (did_delete) 9549 { 9550 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9551 win_rest_invalid(W_NEXT(wp)); 9552 } 9553 return FAIL; 9554 } 9555 9556 return OK; 9557 } 9558 9559 /* 9560 * Delete "line_count" window lines at "row" in window "wp". 9561 * If "invalid" is TRUE curwin->w_lines[] is invalidated. 9562 * If "mayclear" is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than 9563 * scrolling 9564 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. 9565 */ 9566 int 9567 win_del_lines( 9568 win_T *wp, 9569 int row, 9570 int line_count, 9571 int invalid, 9572 int mayclear, 9573 int clear_attr) /* for clearing lines */ 9574 { 9575 int retval; 9576 9577 if (invalid) 9578 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 9579 9580 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) 9581 line_count = wp->w_height - row; 9582 9583 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, TRUE, clear_attr); 9584 if (retval != MAYBE) 9585 return retval; 9586 9587 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, 9588 (int)Rows, FALSE, clear_attr, NULL) == FAIL) 9589 return FAIL; 9590 9591 /* 9592 * If there are windows or status lines below, try to put them at the 9593 * correct place. If we can't do that, they have to be redrawn. 9594 */ 9595 if (wp->w_next || wp->w_status_height || cmdline_row < Rows - 1) 9596 { 9597 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, 9598 line_count, (int)Rows, clear_attr, NULL) == FAIL) 9599 { 9600 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9601 win_rest_invalid(wp->w_next); 9602 } 9603 } 9604 /* 9605 * If this is the last window and there is no status line, redraw the 9606 * command line later. 9607 */ 9608 else 9609 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9610 return OK; 9611 } 9612 9613 /* 9614 * Common code for win_ins_lines() and win_del_lines(). 9615 * Returns OK or FAIL when the work has been done. 9616 * Returns MAYBE when not finished yet. 9617 */ 9618 static int 9619 win_do_lines( 9620 win_T *wp, 9621 int row, 9622 int line_count, 9623 int mayclear, 9624 int del, 9625 int clear_attr) 9626 { 9627 int retval; 9628 9629 if (!redrawing() || line_count <= 0) 9630 return FAIL; 9631 9632 /* When inserting lines would result in loss of command output, just redraw 9633 * the lines. */ 9634 if (no_win_do_lines_ins && !del) 9635 return FAIL; 9636 9637 /* only a few lines left: redraw is faster */ 9638 if (mayclear && Rows - line_count < 5 && wp->w_width == Columns) 9639 { 9640 if (!no_win_do_lines_ins) 9641 screenclear(); /* will set wp->w_lines_valid to 0 */ 9642 return FAIL; 9643 } 9644 9645 /* 9646 * Delete all remaining lines 9647 */ 9648 if (row + line_count >= wp->w_height) 9649 { 9650 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 9651 wp->w_wincol, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 9652 ' ', ' ', 0); 9653 return OK; 9654 } 9655 9656 /* 9657 * When scrolling, the message on the command line should be cleared, 9658 * otherwise it will stay there forever. 9659 * Don't do this when avoiding to insert lines. 9660 */ 9661 if (!no_win_do_lines_ins) 9662 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 9663 9664 /* 9665 * If the terminal can set a scroll region, use that. 9666 * Always do this in a vertically split window. This will redraw from 9667 * ScreenLines[] when t_CV isn't defined. That's faster than using 9668 * win_line(). 9669 * Don't use a scroll region when we are going to redraw the text, writing 9670 * a character in the lower right corner of the scroll region may cause a 9671 * scroll-up . 9672 */ 9673 if (scroll_region || wp->w_width != Columns) 9674 { 9675 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) 9676 scroll_region_set(wp, row); 9677 if (del) 9678 retval = screen_del_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, 9679 wp->w_height - row, FALSE, clear_attr, wp); 9680 else 9681 retval = screen_ins_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, 9682 wp->w_height - row, clear_attr, wp); 9683 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) 9684 scroll_region_reset(); 9685 return retval; 9686 } 9687 9688 if (wp->w_next != NULL && p_tf) /* don't delete/insert on fast terminal */ 9689 return FAIL; 9690 9691 return MAYBE; 9692 } 9693 9694 /* 9695 * window 'wp' and everything after it is messed up, mark it for redraw 9696 */ 9697 static void 9698 win_rest_invalid(win_T *wp) 9699 { 9700 while (wp != NULL) 9701 { 9702 redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID); 9703 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9704 wp = wp->w_next; 9705 } 9706 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9707 } 9708 9709 /* 9710 * The rest of the routines in this file perform screen manipulations. The 9711 * given operation is performed physically on the screen. The corresponding 9712 * change is also made to the internal screen image. In this way, the editor 9713 * anticipates the effect of editing changes on the appearance of the screen. 9714 * That way, when we call screenupdate a complete redraw isn't usually 9715 * necessary. Another advantage is that we can keep adding code to anticipate 9716 * screen changes, and in the meantime, everything still works. 9717 */ 9718 9719 /* 9720 * types for inserting or deleting lines 9721 */ 9722 #define USE_T_CAL 1 9723 #define USE_T_CDL 2 9724 #define USE_T_AL 3 9725 #define USE_T_CE 4 9726 #define USE_T_DL 5 9727 #define USE_T_SR 6 9728 #define USE_NL 7 9729 #define USE_T_CD 8 9730 #define USE_REDRAW 9 9731 9732 /* 9733 * insert lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] 9734 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. 9735 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. 9736 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. 9737 * 9738 * return FAIL for failure, OK for success. 9739 */ 9740 int 9741 screen_ins_lines( 9742 int off, 9743 int row, 9744 int line_count, 9745 int end, 9746 int clear_attr, 9747 win_T *wp) /* NULL or window to use width from */ 9748 { 9749 int i; 9750 int j; 9751 unsigned temp; 9752 int cursor_row; 9753 int type; 9754 int result_empty; 9755 int can_ce = can_clear(T_CE); 9756 9757 /* 9758 * FAIL if 9759 * - there is no valid screen 9760 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely 9761 * - the line count is less than one 9762 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' 9763 * - redrawing for a callback and there is a modeless selection 9764 */ 9765 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || line_count > p_ttyscroll 9766 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 9767 || (clip_star.state != SELECT_CLEARED 9768 && redrawing_for_callback > 0) 9769 #endif 9770 ) 9771 return FAIL; 9772 9773 /* 9774 * There are seven ways to insert lines: 9775 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the 9776 * characters from ScreenLines[]. 9777 * 1. Use T_CD (clear to end of display) if it exists and the result of 9778 * the insert is just empty lines 9779 * 2. Use T_CAL (insert multiple lines) if it exists and T_AL is not 9780 * present or line_count > 1. It looks better if we do all the inserts 9781 * at once. 9782 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and the result of the 9783 * insert is just empty lines and T_CE is not present or line_count > 9784 * 1. 9785 * 4. Use T_AL (insert line) if it exists. 9786 * 5. Use T_CE (erase line) if it exists and the result of the insert is 9787 * just empty lines. 9788 * 6. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists and the result of the insert is 9789 * just empty lines. 9790 * 7. Use T_SR (scroll reverse) if it exists and inserting at row 0 and 9791 * the 'da' flag is not set or we have clear line capability. 9792 * 8. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. 9793 * 9794 * Careful: In a hpterm scroll reverse doesn't work as expected, it moves 9795 * the scrollbar for the window. It does have insert line, use that if it 9796 * exists. 9797 */ 9798 result_empty = (row + line_count >= end); 9799 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) 9800 type = USE_REDRAW; 9801 else if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) 9802 type = USE_T_CD; 9803 else if (*T_CAL != NUL && (line_count > 1 || *T_AL == NUL)) 9804 type = USE_T_CAL; 9805 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && result_empty && (line_count > 1 || !can_ce)) 9806 type = USE_T_CDL; 9807 else if (*T_AL != NUL) 9808 type = USE_T_AL; 9809 else if (can_ce && result_empty) 9810 type = USE_T_CE; 9811 else if (*T_DL != NUL && result_empty) 9812 type = USE_T_DL; 9813 else if (*T_SR != NUL && row == 0 && (*T_DA == NUL || can_ce)) 9814 type = USE_T_SR; 9815 else 9816 return FAIL; 9817 9818 /* 9819 * For clearing the lines screen_del_lines() is used. This will also take 9820 * care of t_db if necessary. 9821 */ 9822 if (type == USE_T_CD || type == USE_T_CDL || 9823 type == USE_T_CE || type == USE_T_DL) 9824 return screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, FALSE, 0, wp); 9825 9826 /* 9827 * If text is retained below the screen, first clear or delete as many 9828 * lines at the bottom of the window as are about to be inserted so that 9829 * the deleted lines won't later surface during a screen_del_lines. 9830 */ 9831 if (*T_DB) 9832 screen_del_lines(off, end - line_count, line_count, end, FALSE, 0, wp); 9833 9834 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 9835 /* Remove a modeless selection when inserting lines halfway the screen 9836 * or not the full width of the screen. */ 9837 if (off + row > 0 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)) 9838 clip_clear_selection(&clip_star); 9839 else 9840 clip_scroll_selection(-line_count); 9841 #endif 9842 9843 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9844 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the 9845 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ 9846 gui_dont_update_cursor(row + off <= gui.cursor_row); 9847 #endif 9848 9849 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ 9850 cursor_row = row; 9851 else 9852 cursor_row = row + off; 9853 9854 /* 9855 * Shift LineOffset[] line_count down to reflect the inserted lines. 9856 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. 9857 */ 9858 row += off; 9859 end += off; 9860 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 9861 { 9862 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 9863 { 9864 /* need to copy part of a line */ 9865 j = end - 1 - i; 9866 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) 9867 linecopy(j + line_count, j, wp); 9868 j += line_count; 9869 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 9870 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width, 9871 clear_attr); 9872 else 9873 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 9874 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; 9875 } 9876 else 9877 { 9878 j = end - 1 - i; 9879 temp = LineOffset[j]; 9880 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) 9881 { 9882 LineOffset[j + line_count] = LineOffset[j]; 9883 LineWraps[j + line_count] = LineWraps[j]; 9884 } 9885 LineOffset[j + line_count] = temp; 9886 LineWraps[j + line_count] = FALSE; 9887 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 9888 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns, clear_attr); 9889 else 9890 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); 9891 } 9892 } 9893 9894 screen_stop_highlight(); 9895 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 9896 if (clear_attr != 0) 9897 screen_start_highlight(clear_attr); 9898 9899 /* redraw the characters */ 9900 if (type == USE_REDRAW) 9901 redraw_block(row, end, wp); 9902 else if (type == USE_T_CAL) 9903 { 9904 term_append_lines(line_count); 9905 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9906 } 9907 else 9908 { 9909 for (i = 0; i < line_count; i++) 9910 { 9911 if (type == USE_T_AL) 9912 { 9913 if (i && cursor_row != 0) 9914 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 9915 out_str(T_AL); 9916 } 9917 else /* type == USE_T_SR */ 9918 out_str(T_SR); 9919 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9920 } 9921 } 9922 9923 /* 9924 * With scroll-reverse and 'da' flag set we need to clear the lines that 9925 * have been scrolled down into the region. 9926 */ 9927 if (type == USE_T_SR && *T_DA) 9928 { 9929 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 9930 { 9931 windgoto(off + i, 0); 9932 out_str(T_CE); 9933 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9934 } 9935 } 9936 9937 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9938 gui_can_update_cursor(); 9939 if (gui.in_use) 9940 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ 9941 #endif 9942 return OK; 9943 } 9944 9945 /* 9946 * Delete lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[]. 9947 * "end" is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. 9948 * When scrolling region used "off" is the offset from the top for the region. 9949 * "row" and "end" are relative to the start of the region. 9950 * 9951 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. 9952 */ 9953 int 9954 screen_del_lines( 9955 int off, 9956 int row, 9957 int line_count, 9958 int end, 9959 int force, /* even when line_count > p_ttyscroll */ 9960 int clear_attr, /* used for clearing lines */ 9961 win_T *wp UNUSED) /* NULL or window to use width from */ 9962 { 9963 int j; 9964 int i; 9965 unsigned temp; 9966 int cursor_row; 9967 int cursor_end; 9968 int result_empty; /* result is empty until end of region */ 9969 int can_delete; /* deleting line codes can be used */ 9970 int type; 9971 9972 /* 9973 * FAIL if 9974 * - there is no valid screen 9975 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely 9976 * - the line count is less than one 9977 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' 9978 * - redrawing for a callback and there is a modeless selection 9979 */ 9980 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 9981 || (!force && line_count > p_ttyscroll) 9982 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 9983 || (clip_star.state != SELECT_CLEARED 9984 && redrawing_for_callback > 0) 9985 #endif 9986 ) 9987 return FAIL; 9988 9989 /* 9990 * Check if the rest of the current region will become empty. 9991 */ 9992 result_empty = row + line_count >= end; 9993 9994 /* 9995 * We can delete lines only when 'db' flag not set or when 'ce' option 9996 * available. 9997 */ 9998 can_delete = (*T_DB == NUL || can_clear(T_CE)); 9999 10000 /* 10001 * There are six ways to delete lines: 10002 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the 10003 * characters from ScreenLines[]. 10004 * 1. Use T_CD if it exists and the result is empty. 10005 * 2. Use newlines if row == 0 and count == 1 or T_CDL does not exist. 10006 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and line_count > 1 or 10007 * none of the other ways work. 10008 * 4. Use T_CE (erase line) if the result is empty. 10009 * 5. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists. 10010 * 6. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. 10011 */ 10012 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) 10013 type = USE_REDRAW; 10014 else if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) 10015 type = USE_T_CD; 10016 #if defined(__BEOS__) && defined(BEOS_DR8) 10017 /* 10018 * USE_NL does not seem to work in Terminal of DR8 so we set T_DB="" in 10019 * its internal termcap... this works okay for tests which test *T_DB != 10020 * NUL. It has the disadvantage that the user cannot use any :set t_* 10021 * command to get T_DB (back) to empty_option, only :set term=... will do 10022 * the trick... 10023 * Anyway, this hack will hopefully go away with the next OS release. 10024 * (Olaf Seibert) 10025 */ 10026 else if (row == 0 && T_DB == empty_option 10027 && (line_count == 1 || *T_CDL == NUL)) 10028 #else 10029 else if (row == 0 && ( 10030 #ifndef AMIGA 10031 /* On the Amiga, somehow '\n' on the last line doesn't always scroll 10032 * up, so use delete-line command */ 10033 line_count == 1 || 10034 #endif 10035 *T_CDL == NUL)) 10036 #endif 10037 type = USE_NL; 10038 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && line_count > 1 && can_delete) 10039 type = USE_T_CDL; 10040 else if (can_clear(T_CE) && result_empty 10041 && (wp == NULL || wp->w_width == Columns)) 10042 type = USE_T_CE; 10043 else if (*T_DL != NUL && can_delete) 10044 type = USE_T_DL; 10045 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && can_delete) 10046 type = USE_T_CDL; 10047 else 10048 return FAIL; 10049 10050 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 10051 /* Remove a modeless selection when deleting lines halfway the screen or 10052 * not the full width of the screen. */ 10053 if (off + row > 0 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)) 10054 clip_clear_selection(&clip_star); 10055 else 10056 clip_scroll_selection(line_count); 10057 #endif 10058 10059 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 10060 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the 10061 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ 10062 gui_dont_update_cursor(gui.cursor_row >= row + off 10063 && gui.cursor_row < end + off); 10064 #endif 10065 10066 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ 10067 { 10068 cursor_row = row; 10069 cursor_end = end; 10070 } 10071 else 10072 { 10073 cursor_row = row + off; 10074 cursor_end = end + off; 10075 } 10076 10077 /* 10078 * Now shift LineOffset[] line_count up to reflect the deleted lines. 10079 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. 10080 */ 10081 row += off; 10082 end += off; 10083 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 10084 { 10085 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 10086 { 10087 /* need to copy part of a line */ 10088 j = row + i; 10089 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) 10090 linecopy(j - line_count, j, wp); 10091 j -= line_count; 10092 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 10093 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width, 10094 clear_attr); 10095 else 10096 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 10097 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; 10098 } 10099 else 10100 { 10101 /* whole width, moving the line pointers is faster */ 10102 j = row + i; 10103 temp = LineOffset[j]; 10104 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) 10105 { 10106 LineOffset[j - line_count] = LineOffset[j]; 10107 LineWraps[j - line_count] = LineWraps[j]; 10108 } 10109 LineOffset[j - line_count] = temp; 10110 LineWraps[j - line_count] = FALSE; 10111 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 10112 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns, clear_attr); 10113 else 10114 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); 10115 } 10116 } 10117 10118 if (screen_attr != clear_attr) 10119 screen_stop_highlight(); 10120 if (clear_attr != 0) 10121 screen_start_highlight(clear_attr); 10122 10123 /* redraw the characters */ 10124 if (type == USE_REDRAW) 10125 redraw_block(row, end, wp); 10126 else if (type == USE_T_CD) /* delete the lines */ 10127 { 10128 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 10129 out_str(T_CD); 10130 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 10131 } 10132 else if (type == USE_T_CDL) 10133 { 10134 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 10135 term_delete_lines(line_count); 10136 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 10137 } 10138 /* 10139 * Deleting lines at top of the screen or scroll region: Just scroll 10140 * the whole screen (scroll region) up by outputting newlines on the 10141 * last line. 10142 */ 10143 else if (type == USE_NL) 10144 { 10145 windgoto(cursor_end - 1, 0); 10146 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) 10147 out_char('\n'); /* cursor will remain on same line */ 10148 } 10149 else 10150 { 10151 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) 10152 { 10153 if (type == USE_T_DL) 10154 { 10155 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 10156 out_str(T_DL); /* delete a line */ 10157 } 10158 else /* type == USE_T_CE */ 10159 { 10160 windgoto(cursor_row + i, 0); 10161 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ 10162 } 10163 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 10164 } 10165 } 10166 10167 /* 10168 * If the 'db' flag is set, we need to clear the lines that have been 10169 * scrolled up at the bottom of the region. 10170 */ 10171 if (*T_DB && (type == USE_T_DL || type == USE_T_CDL)) 10172 { 10173 for (i = line_count; i > 0; --i) 10174 { 10175 windgoto(cursor_end - i, 0); 10176 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ 10177 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 10178 } 10179 } 10180 10181 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 10182 gui_can_update_cursor(); 10183 if (gui.in_use) 10184 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ 10185 #endif 10186 10187 return OK; 10188 } 10189 10190 /* 10191 * show the current mode and ruler 10192 * 10193 * If clear_cmdline is TRUE, clear the rest of the cmdline. 10194 * If clear_cmdline is FALSE there may be a message there that needs to be 10195 * cleared only if a mode is shown. 10196 * Return the length of the message (0 if no message). 10197 */ 10198 int 10199 showmode(void) 10200 { 10201 int need_clear; 10202 int length = 0; 10203 int do_mode; 10204 int attr; 10205 int nwr_save; 10206 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10207 int sub_attr; 10208 #endif 10209 10210 do_mode = ((p_smd && msg_silent == 0) 10211 && ((State & INSERT) 10212 || restart_edit 10213 || VIsual_active)); 10214 if (do_mode || Recording) 10215 { 10216 /* 10217 * Don't show mode right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. 10218 * Call char_avail() only when we are going to show something, because 10219 * it takes a bit of time. 10220 */ 10221 if (!redrawing() || (char_avail() && !KeyTyped) || msg_silent != 0) 10222 { 10223 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* show mode later */ 10224 return 0; 10225 } 10226 10227 nwr_save = need_wait_return; 10228 10229 /* wait a bit before overwriting an important message */ 10230 check_for_delay(FALSE); 10231 10232 /* if the cmdline is more than one line high, erase top lines */ 10233 need_clear = clear_cmdline; 10234 if (clear_cmdline && cmdline_row < Rows - 1) 10235 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ 10236 10237 /* Position on the last line in the window, column 0 */ 10238 msg_pos_mode(); 10239 cursor_off(); 10240 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_CM); /* Highlight mode */ 10241 if (do_mode) 10242 { 10243 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("--", attr); 10244 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) 10245 if ( 10246 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK 10247 preedit_get_status() 10248 # else 10249 im_get_status() 10250 # endif 10251 ) 10252 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK /* most of the time, it's not XIM being used */ 10253 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" IM", attr); 10254 # else 10255 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" XIM", attr); 10256 # endif 10257 #endif 10258 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) && defined(FEAT_GUI) 10259 if (gui.in_use) 10260 { 10261 if (hangul_input_state_get()) 10262 { 10263 /* HANGUL */ 10264 if (enc_utf8) 10265 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \355\225\234\352\270\200", attr); 10266 else 10267 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \307\321\261\333", attr); 10268 } 10269 } 10270 #endif 10271 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10272 /* CTRL-X in Insert mode */ 10273 if (edit_submode != NULL && !shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU)) 10274 { 10275 /* These messages can get long, avoid a wrap in a narrow 10276 * window. Prefer showing edit_submode_extra. */ 10277 length = (Rows - msg_row) * Columns - 3; 10278 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) 10279 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_extra); 10280 if (length > 0) 10281 { 10282 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) 10283 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_pre); 10284 if (length - vim_strsize(edit_submode) > 0) 10285 { 10286 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) 10287 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_pre, attr); 10288 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode, attr); 10289 } 10290 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) 10291 { 10292 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" ", attr); /* add a space in between */ 10293 if ((int)edit_submode_highl < (int)HLF_COUNT) 10294 sub_attr = HL_ATTR(edit_submode_highl); 10295 else 10296 sub_attr = attr; 10297 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_extra, sub_attr); 10298 } 10299 } 10300 length = 0; 10301 } 10302 else 10303 #endif 10304 { 10305 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 10306 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 10307 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" VREPLACE"), attr); 10308 else 10309 #endif 10310 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 10311 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REPLACE"), attr); 10312 else if (State & INSERT) 10313 { 10314 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 10315 if (p_ri) 10316 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REVERSE"), attr); 10317 #endif 10318 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" INSERT"), attr); 10319 } 10320 else if (restart_edit == 'I') 10321 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (insert)"), attr); 10322 else if (restart_edit == 'R') 10323 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (replace)"), attr); 10324 else if (restart_edit == 'V') 10325 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (vreplace)"), attr); 10326 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 10327 if (p_hkmap) 10328 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Hebrew"), attr); 10329 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 10330 if (p_fkmap) 10331 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(farsi_text_5, attr); 10332 # endif 10333 #endif 10334 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP 10335 if (State & LANGMAP) 10336 { 10337 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 10338 if (curwin->w_p_arab) 10339 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Arabic"), attr); 10340 else 10341 # endif 10342 if (get_keymap_str(curwin, (char_u *)" (%s)", 10343 NameBuff, MAXPATHL)) 10344 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(NameBuff, attr); 10345 } 10346 #endif 10347 if ((State & INSERT) && p_paste) 10348 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (paste)"), attr); 10349 10350 if (VIsual_active) 10351 { 10352 char *p; 10353 10354 /* Don't concatenate separate words to avoid translation 10355 * problems. */ 10356 switch ((VIsual_select ? 4 : 0) 10357 + (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) * 2 10358 + (VIsual_mode == 'V')) 10359 { 10360 case 0: p = N_(" VISUAL"); break; 10361 case 1: p = N_(" VISUAL LINE"); break; 10362 case 2: p = N_(" VISUAL BLOCK"); break; 10363 case 4: p = N_(" SELECT"); break; 10364 case 5: p = N_(" SELECT LINE"); break; 10365 default: p = N_(" SELECT BLOCK"); break; 10366 } 10367 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(p), attr); 10368 } 10369 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" --", attr); 10370 } 10371 10372 need_clear = TRUE; 10373 } 10374 if (Recording 10375 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10376 && edit_submode == NULL /* otherwise it gets too long */ 10377 #endif 10378 ) 10379 { 10380 recording_mode(attr); 10381 need_clear = TRUE; 10382 } 10383 10384 mode_displayed = TRUE; 10385 if (need_clear || clear_cmdline) 10386 msg_clr_eos(); 10387 msg_didout = FALSE; /* overwrite this message */ 10388 length = msg_col; 10389 msg_col = 0; 10390 need_wait_return = nwr_save; /* never ask for hit-return for this */ 10391 } 10392 else if (clear_cmdline && msg_silent == 0) 10393 /* Clear the whole command line. Will reset "clear_cmdline". */ 10394 msg_clr_cmdline(); 10395 10396 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10397 /* In Visual mode the size of the selected area must be redrawn. */ 10398 if (VIsual_active) 10399 clear_showcmd(); 10400 10401 /* If the last window has no status line, the ruler is after the mode 10402 * message and must be redrawn */ 10403 if (redrawing() && lastwin->w_status_height == 0) 10404 win_redr_ruler(lastwin, TRUE); 10405 #endif 10406 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; 10407 clear_cmdline = FALSE; 10408 10409 return length; 10410 } 10411 10412 /* 10413 * Position for a mode message. 10414 */ 10415 static void 10416 msg_pos_mode(void) 10417 { 10418 msg_col = 0; 10419 msg_row = Rows - 1; 10420 } 10421 10422 /* 10423 * Delete mode message. Used when ESC is typed which is expected to end 10424 * Insert mode (but Insert mode didn't end yet!). 10425 * Caller should check "mode_displayed". 10426 */ 10427 void 10428 unshowmode(int force) 10429 { 10430 /* 10431 * Don't delete it right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. 10432 */ 10433 if (!redrawing() || (!force && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)) 10434 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* delete mode later */ 10435 else 10436 clearmode(); 10437 } 10438 10439 /* 10440 * Clear the mode message. 10441 */ 10442 void 10443 clearmode(void) 10444 { 10445 msg_pos_mode(); 10446 if (Recording) 10447 recording_mode(HL_ATTR(HLF_CM)); 10448 msg_clr_eos(); 10449 } 10450 10451 static void 10452 recording_mode(int attr) 10453 { 10454 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), attr); 10455 if (!shortmess(SHM_RECORDING)) 10456 { 10457 char_u s[4]; 10458 sprintf((char *)s, " @%c", Recording); 10459 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(s, attr); 10460 } 10461 } 10462 10463 /* 10464 * Draw the tab pages line at the top of the Vim window. 10465 */ 10466 static void 10467 draw_tabline(void) 10468 { 10469 int tabcount = 0; 10470 tabpage_T *tp; 10471 int tabwidth; 10472 int col = 0; 10473 int scol = 0; 10474 int attr; 10475 win_T *wp; 10476 win_T *cwp; 10477 int wincount; 10478 int modified; 10479 int c; 10480 int len; 10481 int attr_sel = HL_ATTR(HLF_TPS); 10482 int attr_nosel = HL_ATTR(HLF_TP); 10483 int attr_fill = HL_ATTR(HLF_TPF); 10484 char_u *p; 10485 int room; 10486 int use_sep_chars = (t_colors < 8 10487 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 10488 && !gui.in_use 10489 #endif 10490 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 10491 && !p_tgc 10492 #endif 10493 ); 10494 10495 if (ScreenLines == NULL) 10496 return; 10497 redraw_tabline = FALSE; 10498 10499 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE 10500 /* Take care of a GUI tabline. */ 10501 if (gui_use_tabline()) 10502 { 10503 gui_update_tabline(); 10504 return; 10505 } 10506 #endif 10507 10508 if (tabline_height() < 1) 10509 return; 10510 10511 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) 10512 10513 /* Init TabPageIdxs[] to zero: Clicking outside of tabs has no effect. */ 10514 for (scol = 0; scol < Columns; ++scol) 10515 TabPageIdxs[scol] = 0; 10516 10517 /* Use the 'tabline' option if it's set. */ 10518 if (*p_tal != NUL) 10519 { 10520 int saved_did_emsg = did_emsg; 10521 10522 /* Check for an error. If there is one we would loop in redrawing the 10523 * screen. Avoid that by making 'tabline' empty. */ 10524 did_emsg = FALSE; 10525 win_redr_custom(NULL, FALSE); 10526 if (did_emsg) 10527 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"tabline", -1, 10528 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); 10529 did_emsg |= saved_did_emsg; 10530 } 10531 else 10532 #endif 10533 { 10534 FOR_ALL_TABPAGES(tp) 10535 ++tabcount; 10536 10537 tabwidth = (Columns - 1 + tabcount / 2) / tabcount; 10538 if (tabwidth < 6) 10539 tabwidth = 6; 10540 10541 attr = attr_nosel; 10542 tabcount = 0; 10543 scol = 0; 10544 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL && col < Columns - 4; 10545 tp = tp->tp_next) 10546 { 10547 scol = col; 10548 10549 if (tp->tp_topframe == topframe) 10550 attr = attr_sel; 10551 if (use_sep_chars && col > 0) 10552 screen_putchar('|', 0, col++, attr); 10553 10554 if (tp->tp_topframe != topframe) 10555 attr = attr_nosel; 10556 10557 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); 10558 10559 if (tp == curtab) 10560 { 10561 cwp = curwin; 10562 wp = firstwin; 10563 } 10564 else 10565 { 10566 cwp = tp->tp_curwin; 10567 wp = tp->tp_firstwin; 10568 } 10569 10570 modified = FALSE; 10571 for (wincount = 0; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next, ++wincount) 10572 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) 10573 modified = TRUE; 10574 if (modified || wincount > 1) 10575 { 10576 if (wincount > 1) 10577 { 10578 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%d", wincount); 10579 len = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff); 10580 if (col + len >= Columns - 3) 10581 break; 10582 screen_puts_len(NameBuff, len, 0, col, 10583 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) 10584 hl_combine_attr(attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_T)) 10585 #else 10586 attr 10587 #endif 10588 ); 10589 col += len; 10590 } 10591 if (modified) 10592 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"+", 1, 0, col++, attr); 10593 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); 10594 } 10595 10596 room = scol - col + tabwidth - 1; 10597 if (room > 0) 10598 { 10599 /* Get buffer name in NameBuff[] */ 10600 get_trans_bufname(cwp->w_buffer); 10601 shorten_dir(NameBuff); 10602 len = vim_strsize(NameBuff); 10603 p = NameBuff; 10604 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 10605 if (has_mbyte) 10606 while (len > room) 10607 { 10608 len -= ptr2cells(p); 10609 MB_PTR_ADV(p); 10610 } 10611 else 10612 #endif 10613 if (len > room) 10614 { 10615 p += len - room; 10616 len = room; 10617 } 10618 if (len > Columns - col - 1) 10619 len = Columns - col - 1; 10620 10621 screen_puts_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p), 0, col, attr); 10622 col += len; 10623 } 10624 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); 10625 10626 /* Store the tab page number in TabPageIdxs[], so that 10627 * jump_to_mouse() knows where each one is. */ 10628 ++tabcount; 10629 while (scol < col) 10630 TabPageIdxs[scol++] = tabcount; 10631 } 10632 10633 if (use_sep_chars) 10634 c = '_'; 10635 else 10636 c = ' '; 10637 screen_fill(0, 1, col, (int)Columns, c, c, attr_fill); 10638 10639 /* Put an "X" for closing the current tab if there are several. */ 10640 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) 10641 { 10642 screen_putchar('X', 0, (int)Columns - 1, attr_nosel); 10643 TabPageIdxs[Columns - 1] = -999; 10644 } 10645 } 10646 10647 /* Reset the flag here again, in case evaluating 'tabline' causes it to be 10648 * set. */ 10649 redraw_tabline = FALSE; 10650 } 10651 10652 /* 10653 * Get buffer name for "buf" into NameBuff[]. 10654 * Takes care of special buffer names and translates special characters. 10655 */ 10656 void 10657 get_trans_bufname(buf_T *buf) 10658 { 10659 if (buf_spname(buf) != NULL) 10660 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, buf_spname(buf), MAXPATHL - 1); 10661 else 10662 home_replace(buf, buf->b_fname, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, TRUE); 10663 trans_characters(NameBuff, MAXPATHL); 10664 } 10665 10666 /* 10667 * Get the character to use in a status line. Get its attributes in "*attr". 10668 */ 10669 static int 10670 fillchar_status(int *attr, win_T *wp) 10671 { 10672 int fill; 10673 10674 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 10675 if (bt_terminal(wp->w_buffer)) 10676 { 10677 if (wp == curwin) 10678 { 10679 *attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_ST); 10680 fill = fill_stl; 10681 } 10682 else 10683 { 10684 *attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_STNC); 10685 fill = fill_stlnc; 10686 } 10687 } 10688 else 10689 #endif 10690 if (wp == curwin) 10691 { 10692 *attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_S); 10693 fill = fill_stl; 10694 } 10695 else 10696 { 10697 *attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_SNC); 10698 fill = fill_stlnc; 10699 } 10700 /* Use fill when there is highlighting, and highlighting of current 10701 * window differs, or the fillchars differ, or this is not the 10702 * current window */ 10703 if (*attr != 0 && ((HL_ATTR(HLF_S) != HL_ATTR(HLF_SNC) 10704 || wp != curwin || ONE_WINDOW) 10705 || (fill_stl != fill_stlnc))) 10706 return fill; 10707 if (wp == curwin) 10708 return '^'; 10709 return '='; 10710 } 10711 10712 /* 10713 * Get the character to use in a separator between vertically split windows. 10714 * Get its attributes in "*attr". 10715 */ 10716 static int 10717 fillchar_vsep(int *attr) 10718 { 10719 *attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_C); 10720 if (*attr == 0 && fill_vert == ' ') 10721 return '|'; 10722 else 10723 return fill_vert; 10724 } 10725 10726 /* 10727 * Return TRUE if redrawing should currently be done. 10728 */ 10729 int 10730 redrawing(void) 10731 { 10732 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 10733 if (disable_redraw_for_testing) 10734 return 0; 10735 else 10736 #endif 10737 return (!RedrawingDisabled 10738 && !(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped && !do_redraw)); 10739 } 10740 10741 /* 10742 * Return TRUE if printing messages should currently be done. 10743 */ 10744 int 10745 messaging(void) 10746 { 10747 return (!(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)); 10748 } 10749 10750 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 10751 /* 10752 * Draw the window toolbar. 10753 */ 10754 static void 10755 redraw_win_toolbar(win_T *wp) 10756 { 10757 vimmenu_T *menu; 10758 int item_idx = 0; 10759 int item_count = 0; 10760 int col = 0; 10761 int next_col; 10762 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 10763 int fill_attr = syn_name2attr((char_u *)"ToolbarLine"); 10764 int button_attr = syn_name2attr((char_u *)"ToolbarButton"); 10765 10766 vim_free(wp->w_winbar_items); 10767 for (menu = wp->w_winbar->children; menu != NULL; menu = menu->next) 10768 ++item_count; 10769 wp->w_winbar_items = (winbar_item_T *)alloc_clear( 10770 (unsigned)sizeof(winbar_item_T) * (item_count + 1)); 10771 10772 /* TODO: use fewer spaces if there is not enough room */ 10773 for (menu = wp->w_winbar->children; 10774 menu != NULL && col < wp->w_width; menu = menu->next) 10775 { 10776 space_to_screenline(off + col, fill_attr); 10777 if (++col >= wp->w_width) 10778 break; 10779 if (col > 1) 10780 { 10781 space_to_screenline(off + col, fill_attr); 10782 if (++col >= wp->w_width) 10783 break; 10784 } 10785 10786 wp->w_winbar_items[item_idx].wb_startcol = col; 10787 space_to_screenline(off + col, button_attr); 10788 if (++col >= wp->w_width) 10789 break; 10790 10791 next_col = text_to_screenline(wp, menu->name, col); 10792 while (col < next_col) 10793 { 10794 ScreenAttrs[off + col] = button_attr; 10795 ++col; 10796 } 10797 wp->w_winbar_items[item_idx].wb_endcol = col; 10798 wp->w_winbar_items[item_idx].wb_menu = menu; 10799 ++item_idx; 10800 10801 if (col >= wp->w_width) 10802 break; 10803 space_to_screenline(off + col, button_attr); 10804 ++col; 10805 } 10806 while (col < wp->w_width) 10807 { 10808 space_to_screenline(off + col, fill_attr); 10809 ++col; 10810 } 10811 wp->w_winbar_items[item_idx].wb_menu = NULL; /* end marker */ 10812 10813 screen_line(wp->w_winrow, wp->w_wincol, (int)wp->w_width, 10814 (int)wp->w_width, FALSE); 10815 } 10816 #endif 10817 /* 10818 * Show current status info in ruler and various other places 10819 * If always is FALSE, only show ruler if position has changed. 10820 */ 10821 void 10822 showruler(int always) 10823 { 10824 if (!always && !redrawing()) 10825 return; 10826 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10827 if (pum_visible()) 10828 { 10829 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ 10830 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; 10831 return; 10832 } 10833 #endif 10834 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) 10835 if ((*p_stl != NUL || *curwin->w_p_stl != NUL) && curwin->w_status_height) 10836 { 10837 redraw_custom_statusline(curwin); 10838 } 10839 else 10840 #endif 10841 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10842 win_redr_ruler(curwin, always); 10843 #endif 10844 10845 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE 10846 if (need_maketitle 10847 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 10848 || (p_icon && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_ICON)) 10849 || (p_title && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_TITLE)) 10850 # endif 10851 ) 10852 maketitle(); 10853 #endif 10854 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ 10855 if (redraw_tabline) 10856 draw_tabline(); 10857 } 10858 10859 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10860 static void 10861 win_redr_ruler(win_T *wp, int always) 10862 { 10863 #define RULER_BUF_LEN 70 10864 char_u buffer[RULER_BUF_LEN]; 10865 int row; 10866 int fillchar; 10867 int attr; 10868 int empty_line = FALSE; 10869 colnr_T virtcol; 10870 int i; 10871 size_t len; 10872 int o; 10873 int this_ru_col; 10874 int off = 0; 10875 int width = Columns; 10876 10877 /* If 'ruler' off or redrawing disabled, don't do anything */ 10878 if (!p_ru) 10879 return; 10880 10881 /* 10882 * Check if cursor.lnum is valid, since win_redr_ruler() may be called 10883 * after deleting lines, before cursor.lnum is corrected. 10884 */ 10885 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) 10886 return; 10887 10888 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10889 /* Don't draw the ruler while doing insert-completion, it might overwrite 10890 * the (long) mode message. */ 10891 if (wp == lastwin && lastwin->w_status_height == 0) 10892 if (edit_submode != NULL) 10893 return; 10894 /* Don't draw the ruler when the popup menu is visible, it may overlap. */ 10895 if (pum_visible()) 10896 return; 10897 #endif 10898 10899 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 10900 if (*p_ruf) 10901 { 10902 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; 10903 10904 called_emsg = FALSE; 10905 win_redr_custom(wp, TRUE); 10906 if (called_emsg) 10907 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"rulerformat", -1, 10908 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); 10909 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; 10910 return; 10911 } 10912 #endif 10913 10914 /* 10915 * Check if not in Insert mode and the line is empty (will show "0-1"). 10916 */ 10917 if (!(State & INSERT) 10918 && *ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE) == NUL) 10919 empty_line = TRUE; 10920 10921 /* 10922 * Only draw the ruler when something changed. 10923 */ 10924 validate_virtcol_win(wp); 10925 if ( redraw_cmdline 10926 || always 10927 || wp->w_cursor.lnum != wp->w_ru_cursor.lnum 10928 || wp->w_cursor.col != wp->w_ru_cursor.col 10929 || wp->w_virtcol != wp->w_ru_virtcol 10930 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 10931 || wp->w_cursor.coladd != wp->w_ru_cursor.coladd 10932 #endif 10933 || wp->w_topline != wp->w_ru_topline 10934 || wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count != wp->w_ru_line_count 10935 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 10936 || wp->w_topfill != wp->w_ru_topfill 10937 #endif 10938 || empty_line != wp->w_ru_empty) 10939 { 10940 cursor_off(); 10941 if (wp->w_status_height) 10942 { 10943 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 10944 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp); 10945 off = wp->w_wincol; 10946 width = wp->w_width; 10947 } 10948 else 10949 { 10950 row = Rows - 1; 10951 fillchar = ' '; 10952 attr = 0; 10953 width = Columns; 10954 off = 0; 10955 } 10956 10957 /* In list mode virtcol needs to be recomputed */ 10958 virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; 10959 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 == NUL) 10960 { 10961 wp->w_p_list = FALSE; 10962 getvvcol(wp, &wp->w_cursor, NULL, &virtcol, NULL); 10963 wp->w_p_list = TRUE; 10964 } 10965 10966 /* 10967 * Some sprintfs return the length, some return a pointer. 10968 * To avoid portability problems we use strlen() here. 10969 */ 10970 vim_snprintf((char *)buffer, RULER_BUF_LEN, "%ld,", 10971 (wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) 10972 ? 0L 10973 : (long)(wp->w_cursor.lnum)); 10974 len = STRLEN(buffer); 10975 col_print(buffer + len, RULER_BUF_LEN - len, 10976 empty_line ? 0 : (int)wp->w_cursor.col + 1, 10977 (int)virtcol + 1); 10978 10979 /* 10980 * Add a "50%" if there is room for it. 10981 * On the last line, don't print in the last column (scrolls the 10982 * screen up on some terminals). 10983 */ 10984 i = (int)STRLEN(buffer); 10985 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i + 1, RULER_BUF_LEN - i - 1); 10986 o = i + vim_strsize(buffer + i + 1); 10987 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) /* can't use last char of screen */ 10988 ++o; 10989 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - width); 10990 if (this_ru_col < 0) 10991 this_ru_col = 0; 10992 /* Never use more than half the window/screen width, leave the other 10993 * half for the filename. */ 10994 if (this_ru_col < (width + 1) / 2) 10995 this_ru_col = (width + 1) / 2; 10996 if (this_ru_col + o < width) 10997 { 10998 /* need at least 3 chars left for get_rel_pos() + NUL */ 10999 while (this_ru_col + o < width && RULER_BUF_LEN > i + 4) 11000 { 11001 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 11002 if (has_mbyte) 11003 i += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buffer + i); 11004 else 11005 #endif 11006 buffer[i++] = fillchar; 11007 ++o; 11008 } 11009 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i, RULER_BUF_LEN - i); 11010 } 11011 /* Truncate at window boundary. */ 11012 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 11013 if (has_mbyte) 11014 { 11015 o = 0; 11016 for (i = 0; buffer[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(buffer + i)) 11017 { 11018 o += (*mb_ptr2cells)(buffer + i); 11019 if (this_ru_col + o > width) 11020 { 11021 buffer[i] = NUL; 11022 break; 11023 } 11024 } 11025 } 11026 else 11027 #endif 11028 if (this_ru_col + (int)STRLEN(buffer) > width) 11029 buffer[width - this_ru_col] = NUL; 11030 11031 screen_puts(buffer, row, this_ru_col + off, attr); 11032 i = redraw_cmdline; 11033 screen_fill(row, row + 1, 11034 this_ru_col + off + (int)STRLEN(buffer), 11035 (int)(off + width), 11036 fillchar, fillchar, attr); 11037 /* don't redraw the cmdline because of showing the ruler */ 11038 redraw_cmdline = i; 11039 wp->w_ru_cursor = wp->w_cursor; 11040 wp->w_ru_virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; 11041 wp->w_ru_empty = empty_line; 11042 wp->w_ru_topline = wp->w_topline; 11043 wp->w_ru_line_count = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; 11044 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 11045 wp->w_ru_topfill = wp->w_topfill; 11046 #endif 11047 } 11048 } 11049 #endif 11050 11051 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(PROTO) 11052 /* 11053 * Return the width of the 'number' and 'relativenumber' column. 11054 * Caller may need to check if 'number' or 'relativenumber' is set. 11055 * Otherwise it depends on 'numberwidth' and the line count. 11056 */ 11057 int 11058 number_width(win_T *wp) 11059 { 11060 int n; 11061 linenr_T lnum; 11062 11063 if (wp->w_p_rnu && !wp->w_p_nu) 11064 /* cursor line shows "0" */ 11065 lnum = wp->w_height; 11066 else 11067 /* cursor line shows absolute line number */ 11068 lnum = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; 11069 11070 if (lnum == wp->w_nrwidth_line_count && wp->w_nuw_cached == wp->w_p_nuw) 11071 return wp->w_nrwidth_width; 11072 wp->w_nrwidth_line_count = lnum; 11073 11074 n = 0; 11075 do 11076 { 11077 lnum /= 10; 11078 ++n; 11079 } while (lnum > 0); 11080 11081 /* 'numberwidth' gives the minimal width plus one */ 11082 if (n < wp->w_p_nuw - 1) 11083 n = wp->w_p_nuw - 1; 11084 11085 wp->w_nrwidth_width = n; 11086 wp->w_nuw_cached = wp->w_p_nuw; 11087 return n; 11088 } 11089 #endif 11090 11091 /* 11092 * Return the current cursor column. This is the actual position on the 11093 * screen. First column is 0. 11094 */ 11095 int 11096 screen_screencol(void) 11097 { 11098 return screen_cur_col; 11099 } 11100 11101 /* 11102 * Return the current cursor row. This is the actual position on the screen. 11103 * First row is 0. 11104 */ 11105 int 11106 screen_screenrow(void) 11107 { 11108 return screen_cur_row; 11109 } 11110